The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About1775 DOVE LN; ; AS160062; PermitJob Address: 1775 DOVE LN Permit Type: SPRINK Parcel No: 2150507000 Lot #: 0 Status: ISSUED Applied 3/8/2016 Approved: 3/8/2016 110I27I2020 AS160062 Permit Data City of Carlsbad Sprinkler Permit Permit No: AS160062 Reference No.: Issued: 3/8/2016 PC #: Inspector: Project Title: DOVE LIBRARY TI OF OVERHEAD FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM Applicant: TITAN FIRE PROTECTION 2880 SCOTT ST VISTA, CA 92081 760-295-3436. Owner: CITY OF CARLSBAD PUBLIC AGENCY Fees ($) Add'I Fees ($) Total ($) Balance ($) 438j 0 438 01 1/1 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 CARLSBAD LIBRARY (DOVE) CARLSBAD DOVE LIBRARY GROUP 4 PROJECT #14449-01 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT 40201 SUBCONTRACT #3409-07 CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATION SECTION: DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTAL: 1.3.0 - PRODUCT DATA ADDITIONAL MATERIAL AS16OO62 1775 DOVE LN 280 Scott Street Suite tOO Vista, CA 9208 760-295,3881 - phone 7602953437- fax www.titanfpinc.com Page .Th:ri\\r ;i FE PR OTECTIO N Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 210500— COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION............................6 1.3.0 SUBMITTALS — PRODUCT DATA ....................................................................................6 2.1 Valves.............................................................................................................................6 2.1.B Gate Valves.............................................................................................................6 2.1.0 Globe or Angle Valves ............................................................................................. 8 BronzeAngle Valves.........................................................................................................9 2.1.D Ball Valves ............................................................................................................. 10 TestanDrain..................................................................................................................... 11 2.1.E Butterfly Valves .....................................................................................................14 2.1.E.1 - Bronze .............................................................................................................. 14 2.1.E Butterfly Valves .....................................................................................................15 2. 1.E.2 - Cast of Ductile Iron Body.................................................................................15 2.1.F Check Valves ........................................................................................................16 2. 1.F. I - Up to and including 2' Bronze Body...............................................................16 2.1.F Check Valves ........................................................................................................17 2. 1.F.2 - Over 2' Iron Body ............................................................................................ 17 2.1.F Check Valves ........................................................................................................18 2. I.F.3 - 4" and Over; Iron Body.....................................................................................18 2.2 Buried Piping ................................................................................................................19 2.2.A.1 Double Iron - Fittings .........................................................................................19 Tyler! Union - Mechanical Joint.....................................................................................20 2.2.A.2 Double Iron - Joints............................................................................................21 Treadit - Rubber Gasket ............................................ .............................................. ....... 22 2.2.A.3 Double Iron - Mechanical Couplings.................................................................23 HexBolt...........................................................................................................................24 2.2.A.4 Double Iron - Jackets.........................................................................................25 NorthtownPolywrap........................................................................................................26 2.3 Above Ground Piping ...................................................................................................27 2.3.A. Steel Pipe..............................................................................................................27 ThreadSealing Paste .................................................... ............... ................................... 28 TeflonTape ....................................................................................................... ............... 29 Schedule40....................................................................................................................32 Schedule10....................................................................................................................33 2.3.A.1 Steel Fittings......................................................................................................34 AnvilPipe Nipples ..................................................... .................................. .................... 35 WeldingOutlet ........................................................... ...................................................... 36 Firelock Rigid Coupling - Style 005H..............................................................................37 Grooved End Fitting - #50 Concentric Reducer..............................................................40 Rigid Coupling - Style 009N...........................................................................................47 Flexible Coupling - Style 75............................................................................................51 Fittings - 900 /Caps ........................................................................................................ 55 Fireloop.................................................. ......................................................... ................ 58 2.3.A.2 Cast Iron Fittings................................................................................................59 PipeNipples ....... .......................................... ................................................................... 60 2880 Scott Street;Suite 105 'Vista, CA 9208; 790295388;—phone 7802953437 fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 2 r4i, p— r—\fl [1 U F ORK POTECTQI4 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings.............................................................................................61 ThreadedFittings, Anvil..................................................................................................62 2.3.A.3 Malleable Iron Fittings........................................................................................67 Anvil— Cast Iron Threaded Fittings.................................................................................68 2.4 Pipe Hangers and Supports .........................................................................................69 2.4.B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes ½ to 11/2 Inch: ................................................................... 69 Carbon Steel, adjustable swivel, split..................................................................................69 2.4.0. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Over ..............................................................69 Adjustable Band Hanger.................................................................................................70 SammySuperscrew........................................................................................................71 SammyX-press...............................................................................................................72 Beam Clamp with Bolt and Nut.......................................................................................76 All Threaded Rod - J4"/3/8' Fig 99/Fig 100................................................................77 Sway Brace Attachment — Fig. 1001...............................................................................78 Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing - Fig. 4A..........................................................................79 Steel Rod Coupling - Fig 70...........................................................................................80 Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - Fig 980......................................................................81 Hilti Kwik Bolt Expansion Anchor ..................................... ............................................... 82 SurgeRestrainer, Fig 25...............................................................................................103 Coach Screw Hanger Rod, Fig. 105 .............................................................................104 BeamClamp Retaining Strap........................................................................................105 2.4.D. Wall Support: Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over .....................................................106 Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing - Fig. 4A........................................................................107 TolkoFig4L ...................................................................................................................108 2.4.E. Vertical Support: Steel Riser Clamp....................................................................109 SECTION 211313— WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS........................................................110 1.4.0 SUBMITTALS - PRODUCT DATA ................................................................................110 2.1 Sprinklers....................................................................................................................110 2.1.B Suspended and Hard Lid Ceiling Type................................................................110 V2708/V2704 QR5.6K ............................................................................................... ill V3802QRS.6K .......................................................... .................................................. 117 2. 1.0 Exposed Area Type ............................................................................................. 123 2.1.D Side Wall Type ....................................................................................................124 2.1.E Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish ..............................................................125 Victaulic— V2704 ..........................................................................................................126 Firelock Escutcheons - 40.88.......................................................................................132 2.2 Piping Specialties .......................................................................................................135 2.2.A Sprinkler Alarm Valve..........................................................................................135 2.2.B Sprinkler Test Fittings..........................................................................................136 2.2.0 Water Flow Switch...............................................................................................137 Flow Switch - VSR-4 ....................................................................................................138 2.2.D Alarm Bell ............................................................................................................142 PotterBells ................................. ................................................................................... 143 2.2.E Post Indicator Valve ............................................................................................147 Mueller - Adjustable Vertical Indicator Post..................................................................148 2.2.F Backflow Preventer .............................................................................................152 Wilkins - Backflow Preventer........................................................................................153 2.2.G Supervisory Switches..........................................................................................155 2E8O Scott Street, Suite 105 - Vista, CA 9208 760-2953881--phone - 760-295-3437 - fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 3 A FE PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 2.2.G. I Post Indicator Valves ...................................................................................155 Potter— Control Valve Switch .......................................................................................156 2.2.G.2 OS&Y Gate Valves.......................................................................................166 2.2.G.3 Zone Control Valves.....................................................................................167 2.2.H Fire Department Connections .............................................................................168 2.2.H.2 Inlets / Outlets..............................................................................................168 Croker - Inlets...............................................................................................................169 2.2.H.3 Check Valves...............................................................................................170 United Threaded Check Valves ....................................................................................171 2.2. H. 4 Label............................................................................................................171 2880 Scott Sfrttt: Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 780295-388i- phone 760295-3437 fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 4 4FORK PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 September 23, 2015 Mr. Rick Smith Prava Construction Company 2038 Corte Del Nogal Suite 100 Carlsbad, CA 92011 Re: Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Section 21 - Fire Suppression Mr. Smith, Attached please find two (2) copies of our Submittal 1.3.0 - Product Data for Section 21 - Fire Suppression. Should you have any questions or need anything further, please contact me (bsmartt(ãtitanfpinc.corn /619.247.7789) or Mr. Scott Uren (surentitanfrinc.com/858.722.1470). Respectfully Submitted, Brian Smartt Project Manager Titan Fire Protection, Inc. 280 Scott Street Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760-295-3881 - phone - 760-295-3437 fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 5 r : I PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression SECTION 210500— COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION 1.3.0 SUBMITTALS - PRODUCT DATA PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Valves 2.1.8 Gate Valves Trade MFG Description Catalog Model Name Pressure Publication Ratinq Ref Ref. Std 28O t. Suite 105 - Viste CA 92081 760- -. phone - 760295-$437 - fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 6 A-2362-16 M1 accessories shipped unassembled Enclosed beset gear C-12" A-2362 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES - M.J. x FL. U Catalog nuniher— A-2362-1 6 mechanical joint x flanged ends (with accessories unassembled) A-2362-19 mechanical joint x flanged ends (less accessories) U Sizes-4". 6", 8', 10", 12' U Meets or exceeds all applicable requirements of ANSI/r\WV'/i\ C509 and C515 Standards, CL Listed, FM Approved, and certified to ANSI/NSF 61 U Flanged end dimensions and drilling comply with ANSI 1316.1, class 125 U Mechanical joint end complies with ANSF/AWWA CII I Standard U Iron body with nominal I0mits MUELLER° Pro-Gard" Fusion Epoxy Coaled interior anc exterior sun faces U Epoxy coating meets or exceeds all applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C550 Stand ard and is certified to ANSI/NSF 61 J Iron wedge, syinmiie.trical & Fully encapsulated with molded rubber; no exposed iron U Non-rising stern (NRS) J Triple 0-ruig seal stuffing box 2 upper &I lower 0-rings), with fourth 0-ring serving as dirt seal U 2' square wrench nut (optional liandwheel available) - open left or open right J 250 psig (1723 kPa) maximum working pressure, 500 psig (3447 kPa) Static test pressure U UL Listed, FM Approved - 200 psig (1379 kPa) = S t = Options U Position indicators U Stainless steel Listeners: Type 316 U (J ASTM B98-C661 00/1102 stem lj Tlandwheel Resilient wedge gate valve parts Catalog Description Material Material standard Part No. fl- I 6 Bonnet Bulls & Nuts Stainless Siel Type 304 G-41 Stutling Box Bolts & Nuts Stainless Steel Type 304 U-49 Stem 0-rings (3) Rubbcu Ci-200 Wrench Nut Cap Screw Stainless Steel Type 304 G-201 Stuffing Box Seal Rubber G-202 Wrench Nut Cast Iron !tS'l'\l A 126 Ci. B G-203 Steni Broir,.e ASTM B 139 G-204 T-lauid Wheel slug .slittwttj hn Cast u AS Tub Al 26 Ch It G-2115 Siermi Nut Broitee ASTM 042 G-2fltn Guide Cap Beanngs (:cleon (1-207 Stuffing Box with Cast iron ASTM Al 26 CL.B dirt seal Rubber ________ G-208 Anti-friction Washers 12t Celcon G-°09 Wedge. Cast Iron ASTM A 126 CLB Rubber Encapsulation U-2101' Bonnet Ductile lion ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-I 2 (1-2111111 Bonne( 0-ring .SBR Nitrite G-) 12*'' Body Ductile Iron ASTM ,-\536 Grade 65-45-12 Fully encapsulated in molded tubber with no iron exposed * Previous to 1999 these parts on 4-12 valves were designed with a gasket instead of an 0-ring and with additional bolts Confirm the type of seal when ordering a replacement gasket on 0-ring. _____ ................ . -. L MAU V. FIRE POTCTON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Libraiy (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.1.0 Globe or Angle Valves Trade MFG Description Catalog Model Name Angle Valve Nibco Bronze Angle Valve KT-67-UL Pressure Publication Ref. Std Rating Ref 175 psi ASTh UL B584 2880 Scott Street. Suite 105 Viota, CA 92081 7602953881 -phone 7602953437- fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 8 175 PSI WWP Bronze Angle Valves Dezincificati an Fire Protection Valve • Threaded Ends • Rubber Disc • Screw Over Bonnet 175 P51/12 1 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water L J TI UL LISTED MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1. Handwheel Aluminum 2 Handwheel Screw Carbon Steel (1/2 & '/4") Stainless Steel (1") Stem Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 KT-67-UL Packing Nut Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C83600 Threaded or ASTM BiB Packing Graphite Impregnated (Non Asbestos) Bonnet Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 Seat Disc Nitrile Rubber 0 9 Seat Screw Stainless Steel 10, Pack Washer Sheet Brass Aft DIMENSIONS—WEIGHTS—QUANTITIES Dimensions K167-UL Size A B C Weight Box Master NPFx NPT In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Kg. Qty. Ctn. Qty. ½ 15 .94 24 3.25 83 1,06 27 .62 .28 10 60 3/4 20 1.02 26 3.12 79 1.20 30 .70 .32 10 60 25 1.80 46 4.50 114 1.62 41 1.57 .71 5 25 UL Listed for Trim and Drain Use, (Subject 258). NOTE: See T-301-W for 1'/2 -2' sizes. NIRCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLE BURY ST • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • P1-I' 1000.2340227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.808 446 4226 • FAX: 1888.3364226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: 11 ,574.2951:327 • FAX: +1.574.2953455 www.nibco corn Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Libraty (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :4020 1 Carlsbad Dove Libraiy Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.1.D Ball Valves Trade MFG Name TestanDrain AGF Description Catalog Model Test ad Drain Valve lOuT Pressure Publication Ref. Std Rating Ref 300 psi UL/FM 2080 Scoir Street, Suite 105. 760-2-95-388,1 —phone 7802953437— fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 10 *The AGF Manufacturiiq Inc. Model 1O1IATESTANDRAIN® matches all the features and benefits of our Model 1000 by providing both the tes: unctior and The express drain fLnction in a muUistory installation for a wet fire sprinkler system, wit the a:cec feature of ar integral Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drainage piping. The Model I01IA complies wfth the reqruiremets of NFPA-13 that stipulate a pressure relief valve be installed on all gridded systems and downstream of all Xessure reducing valves (see reverse) The Model 1011A TESTA1DRAIN0 iis a compac: single handle ball valve which inclLdes a tamper resistant test orifice and integral tamper resistant sight glasses, and is 300 PSI rated. Available in a full rançe of sizes from 34" :0 2" NFT and BSPT, wi:h all specifiable orifce cizes 3/8" (2.8K), 7A6" (4.2K), 1/2' (5.6K), 17/32: (3.0K), %" 1 1.21K, ELO), 3/4 ' (14.0K, ESFF, and K25 as required bai NFPA 13, 2007 Edi- tion (see reverse). The included ULJFM Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve 1eatures a flushing handle aid is factory rated for 175 PSI. Other pressure se:tings are ava: lab e anc nay be substituted. Designed to relieve excess system :ressLre caused by surges or temperature changes as well as sclve the dif- ficult problem of provicing the -chef valve with a convenient drainage-piping outlet. Shipped with relief vaive and bypass dra n ports plugged :o exedite pressure testing te system. A locking kit is available and. car be ordered wi:h The valve to povide vandal resistarce :r prevent uninten- tional alarm activation. Repair kits including 0 adapter gas<et, 1) ball. (2) valve seats, (1) stem packing, anc (1 stem washer are avail- able for all TESTANDRAIN v-l'es., Valve anc :rif ce size must: be specified when order g. NOTE: It is important tc note tha: :he :ressure rating of the relief valve rdicates. an operating range of pressure for coth opening and closing of the valve. Standarl ;el ef 'a 'es are required to 2CN in a raige of pressure between 90% and I OE of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure _= Dove 800/o ohat ratn. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for main- tenance. Care should be ta<er: that 1E -chef valve OP.NN(T cc isolated from the system when the syster is cpera:ional. A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve c a plug cownstrearn C' its outlet. TESTANDRtkIN is registered trademark of &3F Manl-advi 13 lie cSi QuA 10/0 TO DRAIN 1 1IiffI1Ji Orifice Size Available: s/s", /16" 1/2",17/32, ELO (5/8)*, ESFR (3/4)*, & K25** SIZE A B C D E F G H 3/4" 79'o" 11/2 23/16 3¼" 3/8" 113A6" 49A6" 6:Y8" (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 7/16" 11/2" 2'6" 30" 33/8" 113A6" 4A6" 6¼" (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 11/4" 715A6" 111/16 " 29/16" 41/4" 35/s" 115/i6" 5A6" 51/2" (201 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) 1½" 815/16 113/16 31/4" 51/16" 37/8 2/8" 81/4" 107/8" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) 815A6" 113A6" 31/4" 51/16" 3/8" 25/8" 81/4" 10/8" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) * Available on 11/4" to 2" size units only ** Available on 11/2" and 2" size units only THE MODEL 1011 A PROVIDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1 * Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.1 6.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - & 8.1 6.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.1 6.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow.., using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.1 7.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be readily accessible. Chapter 8.1 7.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location.., downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.1 7.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.1 7.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a gridded wet pipe system shall be provided with a relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A relief valve of not less than 1/2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding 175 PSI. Chapter A.8.1 6.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve MODEL 1011 FRONT VIEW Handle: Steel Stem: Rod Brass Ball: C.P. Brass Body: Bronze Valve Seat: Impregnated Teflon® Indicator Plate: Steel Relief Valve: Bronze Bypass Fittings: Brass Bypass Tubing: Nylobraid UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM Mk -nag JIJ& AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 i Fax: 610-240-4906 . -. . www.testandrain.com Job Name: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2. I.E Butterfly Valves 2.1.E.I -Bronze Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Ref. Std Not Applicable Rating Ref 2880 Scott Street. Suite 105 760-295-386," .-phone 760295-3437 fax www.titanfpinc.com Page r"WrT,7A , '- FIRE POTECTOI Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2. I.E Butterfly Valves 2. I.E.2 - Cast of Ductile Iron Body Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Rating Ref Not Applicable Ref. Std 280 Scott Street Suite 105 - Vista. CA 92081 760-2953881 - phone - 760-295-3437 fax www.fitanfpinc.com Page 14 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2. 1.F Check Valves 2. 1. F. 1 - Up to and including 2' Bronze Body Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Rating Ref Not Applicable Ref. Std 280 Scott Stree 760-295-3881— phone 760-295-3,437—fax www.titanfpinc.com Page N FIRE PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1 3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2. 1.F Check Valves 2. 1.F.2 - Over 2"; Iron Body Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Rating Ref Not Applicable Ref. Std Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2. 1.F Check Valves Trade Name Not Applicable 2. 1.F.3 - 4" and Over, Iron Body MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott Street. Suite 105 Vista CA 92081 7602953881 phone 7602953437- fax www.titanfpinc.com Page Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) Carlsbad Dove Library Carlsbad, CA 2.2 Buried Piping 2.2. A.1 City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Fire Suppression Trade MFG Name Double Iron - Fittings Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Ratinq Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 - V/sta, CA 92081 760-2953881 - phone - 760-295-3437 - fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 18 23U Fittings Mechanical Joint Compact J:. SI ZES: 2" through 48" STANDARDS: ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 PRESSURE RATI NG. 3"-24" @350 PSI; 30"-48" & fittings with M-. Flanged branches at 250 PSI UJ NSF -61 : Meets all requirements, UL Certified rtx. rs COATING: CEMENT LINI NG: ANSI/AWWAC1O4.A21.4, ___ _____ ____ Double Available 0.75 EPDXY COATNG: ANSl/AAC116/A21.16 K2 J D C A 0.12-. k- F K BARE: Available BOLTS: ANSI/AWWAC111/A21.11 INSTALLATION: AWWA C600 JOINT DI MENSIONS IN INCHES BOLTS Size A Dia. B C Dia. D Dia. F Dia. J Dia. K1 Dia. K2 Dia. L M S I X Size No. 3 3.96 2.50 4.84 4.94 4.06 6.19 7.62 7.69 .58 .62 .39 .33 %x3 4 4 4.80 2.50 5.92 6.02 4.90 7.50 9.06 9.12 .60 .75 .39 .34 '/ 3/4X31/2 4 6 6.90 2.50 8.02 8.12 7.00 9.50 11.06 11.12 .63 .88 .43 .36 /8 3/401/2 6 8 9.05 2.50 10.17 10.27 9.15 11.75 13.31 13.37 .66 1.00 .45 .38 7/ 3/4x3½ 6 10 11.10 2.50 12.22 12.34 11.20 14.00 15.62 15.62 .70 1.00 .47 .40 /8 3/401/2 8 12 13.20 2.50 14.32 14.44 13.30 16.25 17.88 17.88 .73 1.00 .49 .42 /8 3/4X31/2 8 14 15.30 3.50 16.40 16.54 15.44 18.75 20.31 20.25 .79 1.25 .56 .47 7/ 3/4X4 10 16 17.40 3.50 18.50 18.64 17.54 21.00 22.56 22.50 .85 1.31 .57 .50 /8 3/4X4 12 18 19.50 3.50 20.60 20.74 19.64 23.25 24.83 24.75 1.00 1.38 .68 .54 '/s 3/4x4 12 20 21.60 3.50 22.70 22.84 21.74 25.50 27.08 27.00 1.02 1.44 .69 .57 /8 3/4x4 14 24 25.80 3.50 26.90 27.04 25.94 30.00 31.58 31.50 1.02 1.56 .75 .61 /8 3/4x4½ 16 30 32.00 4.00 33.29 33.46 32.17 36.88 39.12 39.12 1.31 2.00 .82 .66 1'/s 1x51/2 20 36 38.30 4.00 39.59 39.76 38.47 43.75 46.00 46.00 1.45 2.00 1.00 .74 1 1x51/2 24 42 44.50 4.00 45.79 45.96 44.67 50.62 53.12 53.12 1.45 2.00 1.25 .82 1% 1½x6½ 28 48 50.80 4.00 52.09 52.26 50.97 57.50 60.00 60.00 1.45 2.00 1.35 .90 1% 11/4x6½ 32 Tyler Pipe/Utilities Division • Box 2027 • Tyler, Texas 75710 • (800) 527-8478 Union Foundry Company • Box 309 • Anniston, Alabama 36202 • (800) 226-7601 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.A.2Double Iron -Joints Trade MFG Description Name Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott .Stree 7602953881 phone 7602953431.• fax www.titanfpinc.com Page SUBMITTAL TEADIT Style NA 1001 Manufacturer - Teadit - North America, inc. Compressed Non-Asbestos Gasket Gaskets meet the pressure ratings, drilling and dimensions of ANSI/ASME B16.2.1 Style NA 1001 Compressed Sheet Packing Aramid Fibers/NBR Binder (Green or White) Media F • Water/ Potable & Reclaim • Air • Brine • Sludge • Waste Water • Low pressure steam • Organic and Weak inorganic acids • Concentrated and diluted alkalis (PH range from Ito 11) .. a • Chemicals • Petroleum and petroleum derivatives • Chlorinated solvents • Refrigerants Specifications Max. Temperature: 750 (0 F) Max Operating Temperature: 460 (0 F) Max. Pressure: (Vacuum) 1595 (PSI) Continuous Max (Vacuum) 725 (PSI) Compressability (ASTM F-36) 11 Recovery (ASTM F-36) 60% ASTM: (F712120E22M5) Availability P Full Face P Ring P 1/16" Thick P 1/8" Thick Benefits Manufactured from a non-asbestos material formulated for services in most sealing applications as a universal replacement gasket. These gaskets have a non-stick coating. 7RII 'AC 475 Klug Circle-Corona, CA. 92880 (951) 280-4488 - Fax: (951) 2724445 F OR K PR__6TKCTI0H Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.A.3Double Iron - Mechanical Couplings Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 - Vista. CA 92081 760-295-3881 -phone - 760-2-95-3437- fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 23 SUBMITTAL HEX BOLT T-316 - ASTM F593 18 Chromium, 10 Nickel, 2 Molybdenum (AlSI T-316) Chemical Requirements Carbon max 0.080 Manganese max 200 T / Phosphorous max 0.045 31 6 \ / F593 Sulfur max 0.030 or G or H \316/ Silicon max 1.00 Chromium 16-18 Nickel 10-14 Molybdenum 2-3 Mechanical Requirements Cold Worked Hot For"ed Hardness Rockwell Min B80-C32 B65-B95 o Tensile strength (KSI) Min 100 Max 150 (1/4" to 5/8" DIA) Tensile strength (KSI) Min 85 Max 140 (314" to 1 1/2" DIA) Tensile strength (KSI) Mm 75 Max 100 (1/4" to 1 1/2" DIA) Yield Strength (KSI) Min 45 - 65 Min 30 Elongation 25 30 r Hex Nuts ASTM F594 (ASME B18.2.2) fl Heavy Hex Nuts ASTM F594 (ASME B18.2.2) fl T-316 Stainless Steel Washers r Buried r Submerged fl Above Grade fl Below Grade r Other Dimensional Data Unless otherwise specified in the purchase order, shall be threaded in accordance with ANSI/ASME B18.2.1, page C-i, for hex cap screws (finished hex bolts). Additional information can be found in ASTM F593, DTD 1998 (Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws) and in ASTM F594, DTD 1998 (Stainless Steel Nuts). TRIPAC 475 Klug Circle-Corona, CA. 92880 (951) 280-4488 - Fax: (951) 272-4445 A * FIRE POTECTO Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2. A. 4 Double Iron - Jackets Trade MFG Description Name Polywrap Northtown Polythylenefil m Catalog Model Pressure Rating Publication Ref Ref. Std 2E80 Scott Street, Suite 105 Vista. CA 92081 7602953881 phone 7602953437 fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 25 fflORTHTO WN Data Sheet I Pipe Protection Products TUBULAR POLYETHYLENE PROTECTION FOR CAST IRON, DUCTILE IRON AND STEEL PIPE PRODUCT HISTORY Certain soils and artificial environments have been shown to be corrosive to cast iron pipe. In severe environments, the life of the pipe has been significantly shortened. Extensive tests and field installations for over 47 years have shown that loose polyethylene encasement of the pipe is an effective and economical means of corrosion protection. PRODUCT USE / DESCRIPTION Polyethylene film prevents contact between the pipe and the surrounding soil for corrosion protection. However, it is not expected to be an airtight or watertight encasement It is available in natural (clear), black, purple, blue, green and custom colors, and it is offered in widths suitable for all pipe sizes. INSTALLATION Per AWWA CIS-1 there are 3 installation methods. Method A, the most commonly used is described here. The 8 mil polyethylene tube should be Cut to lengths that provide a one foot overlap beyond each end of a pipe section. Slip the tubing over the pipe with the printed side up, and bunch it back to clear both ends. A shallow bell hole should be made to facilitate installation of the polyethylene. Lower pipe into position and make up the joint. Pull tubing over the joint from the preceding pipe length and tape it securely to the new pipe length Overlap the polyethylene from the new pipe length back over the same joint and tape in place on the preceding pipe barrel. Pull the polyethylene along the length of the new pipe, folding excess tubing over the top of the pipe barrel and securing it every 3 to 4 feet, Keep the excess polyethylene for the overlap of the next joint bunched back from the joint in preparation for making the next joint. Repeat this process for each polyethylene taped into place. SPECIFICATIONS The S mil thium, group 2, linear low density, flit tube, virgin polyethylene film provided meets or exceeds the requirements of AWWA Cbs-b, ANSI 421.5-10, ASTM 04976 and NT4112-10. The film is marked showing trademark, year of manufacture, type of resin, specification conformance, applicable pipe sizes and the words "warning corrosion protection-repair any damage." PROPERTIES Tensile Strength 3600 psi, minimum—ASTM 0882 Elongation 800%, minimum—ASTM 0882 Dielectric Strength 800 V/mu, minimum—ASIM 0149 Impact Resistance 600 g, minimum—ASTM 01709-B Propagation Tear Resistance 2550 gf, minimum—ASTM 01922 OPTIONS I'Jorthtown's Polywrap is also made in 3' X 100' flat sheets for wrapping fittings and appurtenances and for use in joint make-up, as described in 4,4.2,2 of the AWWA standard. 800 WRAP-A-PIPE P.O. Box 2064 Huntington Beach CA 92647 714 897-0700 Fax 714 897-0600 Carlsbad Library (Dove) Carlsbad, CA 2.3 Above Ground Piping 2.3.A. Steel Pipe Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Rating Publication Ref Ref. Std PipeFit Thread FPPl Thread Sealing Sealing Paste Paste Teflon Tape San Diego Teflon Tape Seal, Inc Schedule Bull Moose Black Steel Pipe Sch. 40 300 psi FM I UL ASTM 40 Tube Co A135 Schedule Bull Moose Black Steel Pipe - ASTM 40 Tube Co Galvanized Sch. 40 300 psi FM I UL A795 Schedule Bull Moose ASTM 10 Tube Co Black Steel Pipe Sch. 10 300 psi FM I UL A135/ A795 280 Scott Street, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 7602953881ptiorie• 7602953437-Jax www.titanfpinc.com Page 27 r i @ Description Pipefit® Thread Sealing Paste with PTFE is a premium non-hardening PTFE filled pipe thread sealing paste designed specifically for the fire sprinkler industry. Pipefit is suitable for use on all threadable materials commonly used in fire sprinkler systems, including CPVC. Pipefit's unique blend of materials provides superior thread sealing qualities over other similarly priced sealants. I The particulate PTFE also helps prevent leaks by accumulating in the voids of damaged or defective threads of the pipe or fittings. Additionally, the lubricating qualities of the PTFE and other materials in the sealing paste improve thread seating during pipe and fitting assembly. Pipefit® also adheres well to hot oily pipe present in "high speed' fabrication operations. Specifications Design Criteria/Data Recommended Use Water Air Refrigerants Natural Gas Mild caustics Steam Kerosene LP Gases Acids Gasoline Diesel Fuel Ammonia Use for threaded connections on steel, aluminum, brass, PVC, CPVC and ABS. Operating temperature ranges -50 f to 500 f. rr 'I U SYSTEM tOMPAnuE *FBC System Compatible indicates this product has been tested by Lubrizol Advanced Materials and is monitored on an on going basis to assure chemical compatibility with FlowGuard Gold®, BlazeMaster®, and Corzan® pipe and fittings. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD, CA 92010 TEL +1 760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 FAX + 1800 344-3775 Installation Make sure that the threads are free from burs and other debris. Apply Pipefit® liberally to the male pipe threads. Make sure that the thread sealant is brushed into the "root" of the threads. Do not wipe off excess material until fitting has been "made on" to the pipe thread. The threading action of the fitting to the pipe will allow the proper amount of sealant to remain in the connection. Wipe off excess sealant. Pipefit® will not dry out under normal conditions. Never use dope and tape together. Keep covered when not in use to avoid contamination. Some settling of the product may occur. Occasional stirring may be necessary. Two year shelf life. Disclaimer DO NOT ALTER THE CONSISTENCY OF THIS PRODUCT. Use as is directly from the container. Keep away from your mouth and eyes. If eye contact occurs, flush with water for 5 minutes. If discomfort persists get medical attention. Appearance: Dense, paste-like consistency, off white in color. Packaging: 16 oz. brush in cap 32 oz. 32 oz. BIC 1 gl. 5g1. 55g1. CAUTION: See MSDS for first aid instructions. Wash hands thoroughly after each use. See Material Safety Data Sheet for additional safety and disposal information at www.fppi.com mu © 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc. FPPl, LubeFil5 are registered trademarks of Fire Protection Products, Inc. FBC, BIazeMaster, FtowGuard Golds and Cor7an8l are registered trademarks of Noveon IP Holdings Corp. MADE IN U.S.A. 7635 RONSON ROAD • SAN DIEGO, CA 92111 • TEL: 856-278-3270 • FAX: 858-278-2950 E-MAIL: salessanthegoseal.com • VISIT US AT: www.sandiegoseal.com PTFE Thread Sealant Tapes Made in the USA Our thread sealant tape breaks clean without shredding or warping, identifying it as a product that can be trusted to perform reliably when the job is completed and the j t,7________ pressure is on. Standard Grade Our standard grade PTFE Thread Sealant Tape is for those applications that do not require the sealing properties of a premium grade thread sealant. This is intended to be used for general purpose sealing in pipe threads. The standard - density virgin PTFE sealant tape permits quick, clean, economical sealing of male pipe threads of all sizes and reduces the risk of system contamination common with liquid and paste sealants. High-Density Thread Sealant Tape It is effective and efficient so you can use less tape. Tears cleanly.. seals neatly Quick sealing: This premium high density PTFE sealant tape permits quick, clean sealing of male pipe threads of all sizes and eliminates the risk of system contamination common with liquid and paste sealants. Self-lubricating: The self-lubricating quality of this unsintered tape makes joints easy to assemble and disassemble, and extends the fatigue life of sealed connections. Durable: Totally maintenance free premium high density PTFE thread sealant tape is virtually chemically inert, non-toxic, non-absorbent and non-flammable. It will withstand temperatures from -450°F (-240°C) to +500°F (+26000), and pressures from hard vacuum to 10,000 PSI. Full Density Yellow Gas Line PTFE Thread Sealant Tapes risk of system contamination common with liquid and paste sealants. Our full density premium and gas line tapes meet Mil Spec A-A 58092 for liquid & gaseous oxygen applications. The self-lubricating quality of this unsintered tape makes joints easy to assemble and disassemble. Totally maintenance free, full density PTFE thread sealant tape is virtually chemically inert, non-toxic non-absorbent and non-flammable. It will withstand temperatures from -450°F 240'C) to +500°F (+260°C), and pressures from a hard vacuum to 10,000 PSI. Typical properties of PTFE thread sealant tape are as follows: Grade - Standard Grade Grade jPremlumGrade _[!urn ]Premwm3rade - .. IStandard Dens [Hi9p DensIty - Full DensIy jFull Denstty 1 Maximum sealing Complies with certain building codes requiring L power. So efficient Description I he economical choice More sealing power you can use less yellow, thicker, more dense tape for gas ape. service lines Coor oor3 Thickness 10.003" to 0.0035' 10.003 0 0 035 " to ............ 0.003" to 0.0035" 1 - -.-.----=-..-, -- .------.. Standard Widths & ¼" x 260" -- Y4"x 520 1/4" x 1296' Lengths 1/2' x 260" 1/2' x 520" 1/2' x 1296" 3/4" x 260" /" x 520" 1/4" x 1296" 1" x 260" 1" x 520" lx 1296" Quantity 144 rolls per box lbox 144 rolls per 1144 rolls per box 1L.1 !Vhite All industrial applications. Made from virgin PTFE Pink'' For use in plumbing and pipe fittings (water and steam lines) Gray For stainless steel pipe/fittings Green For oxygen applications Yellow For gas line use f f7/7 SAN DIEGO SEAL, INC. 7635 RONSON ROAD • SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92111 TEL 858-278-3270 • FAX 858-278-2950 7 E-MAIL: sales©sandiegoseal.com • VISIT US AT: www.sandiegoseal.com 2.2.B - SCHEDULE 10, BLACK STTEL PIPE FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. All Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe has a pressure rating of 300 PSI. Schedule 10 Pipe 11/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 1.315 1.097 1.660 1.442 1.900 1.682 2.375 2.157 2.875 2.635 3.500 3.260 4.500 4.260 1.41 lbs/ft 91 1.81 lbs/ft 61 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2.64 lbs/ft 37 3.53 lbs/ft 30 4.34 lbs/ft 19 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe 1 1.315 11/4 1.660 11/2 1.900 2 2.375 2 1/2 2.875 3 3.500 4 4.500 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4.026 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, u A Chesterfield, MO 63017 contact your salesperson LISTED C I US (800) 325-4467 today at (800) 325-4467 or BULL. MOOSE TUBE COWANY FAX (636)537-2645 (636) 5372600 in the USA, ________ www.bulhIloosetul)e.coln FM or from Canada < > Accompany e-mail: sa1eshu.i1moosetube,corn call (800) 882-4666 APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as mown at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation 12/09 2.2.B - SCHEDULE 10, BLACK STTEL PIPE FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. All Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe has a pressure rating of 300 PSI. Schedule 10 Pipe 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 11/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 1 1/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 2 1/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe L 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 11/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 11/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2 1/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.026 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, U L C us Chesterfield, MO 63017 9 contact your salesperson BULL MOOSE TUBE CDNNY (800) 325-4467 FAX (636)537-2645 today at (800) 325-4467 or (636) 5372600 in the USA, LISTED WWW.bUIifl100SC1Ube.coifl _________ or from Canada < FM ACHQcompany e-mail: saIes(hui1rnoosetube.coni call (800) 882-4666 APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 12/09 Tube rU L h2'T L 9J lve JMC STEEL GROUP 700 South Dock Street Wheatland, PA 16146 800.2578182 www.wheatland.com Wheatland ASTM A 53 Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Pipe Wheatland Steel Pipe is made by specialists who understand that it's the small details that make the difference between average products and superior products. At the Wheatland Plant, most department heads and foremen have been employed in some phase of pipe manufacturing for 25 or more years. This kind of specialization, experience and knowledge pays off.. .in workable, threadable, uniform pipe. Delivered clean. Delivered promptly. Wheatland specializes in manufacturing welded steel pipe in 1/2 through 4 nominal sizes. Available inventory in 1/8 to 12 pipe sizes produced to various ASTM standards is maintained to meet your pipe requirements. Care, pride and personal concern are bonus features that go into every inch of Wheatland Pipe. Don't settle for less. Make sure it's quality. Make sure it's Wheatland. Standard Pipe Schedule 40 ASTM A 53 Grades A and B NIPS Designator ON Designator Outside Diameter Inside Diameter Wall Thickness Nominal Weight (Mass) per unit Length (Inches) (mm) (Inches) (mm) (Inches) (mm) Plain End (lb/fl) Plain End (kg/rn) Threads & Threads & Couplings Couplings (lb/ft) (kg/rn 1/8 6 0.405 10.3 0.269 6.8 0.068 1.73 0.24 0.37 0.25 0.37 1/4 8 0.540 13.7 0.364 9.2 0.088 2.24 0.43 0.63 0.43 0.63 3/8 10 0.675 17.1 0.493 12.5 0.091 2.31 0.57 0.84 0.57 0.84 1/2 15 0.840 21.3 0.622 15.8 0.109 2.77 0.85 1.27 0.86 1.27 3/4 20 1.050 26.7 0.824 20.9 0.113 2.87 1.13 1.69 1.14 1.69 1 25 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.69 2.50 1-1/4 32 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 0.140 3.56 2.27 3.39 2.28 3.40 1.1/2 40 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 0.145 3.68 2.72 4.05 2.74 4.04 2 50 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 0.154 3.91 3.66 5.44 3.68 5.46 2-1/2 65 2.875 73.0 2.469 62.7 0.203 5.16 5.80 8.63 5.85 8.67 3 80 3.500 88.9 3.068 77.9 0.216 5.49 7.58 11.29 7.68 11.35 3-1/2 90 4.000 101.6 3.548 90.1 0.226 5.74 9.12 1157 9.27 13.71 4 100 4.500 114.3 4.026 102.3 0.237 6.02 10.80 16.07 10.92 16.23 5 125 5.563 141.3 5.047 158.2 0.258 6.55 14.63 21.77 14.90 22.07 6 150 6.625 168.3 6.065 154.1 0.280 7.11 18.99 28.26 19.34 28.58 8 200 8.625 219.1 7.981 202.7 0.322 8.18 25.58 42.55 29.35 43.73 10 250 10.750 273.0 10.020 254.5 0.365 9.27 40.52 60.29 41.49 63.36 Standard Pipe 121 J 300 1 12.750 1 323.8 12.000 304.8 1 0.375 9.52 49.61 73.78 1 51.28 76.21 lote NPS 12 dimensions are for standard wall pipe, not schedule 40. Prod uct Type and Specification: Standard welded pipe is produced in 1/2 to 6 trade sizes. Wheatland pipe is produced to ASTM A 53 Grades A and B, A 501, and A 589 Type II, API 5L and Federal Specification WW-P404. All pipe threads conform to ANSI 131 .20.1. Merchant couplings comply with ASTM A 865. Specifications and descriptions are accurate as known at time of publication and subject to change without notice. Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact.-40201 Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.3.A. I Steel Fittings Trade MFG Description Name Catalog Model Pressure Rating Publication Ref Ref. Std Pipe Anvil Std Black Sch 40 Fig. 320 ASTM Nipples A106 Welding Anvil Type A Female 300 psi UL /FM ASTM Outlet NPT Welding A53 Outlet Rigid Victaulic Rigid Coupling 005H 300 ULIULCIFM ASTM Coupling Style 005H A536 I A395 Grooved Victaulic #50 Concentric #50 Concentric End Fittings Reducer Reducer Rigid Victaulic Rigid Coupling Style 009N - 4" 363 FM ASTM Coupling Style 009N - 3" 363 A449/ Style 009N —2" 363 A183 Flexible Victaulic Flexible Coupling Style 75 - 4" >500 A536 / Coupling Style 75 - 3" >500 A395 Fittings Victaulic Fitting 90's - #001 - 4" ASTM 90's - #001 —2" A536 Fittings Victaulic Fittings Cap - No. 006 - 4" ASTM Cap - No. 006 - 3" A536 Fireloop Metraflex Fireloop - Grooved 175 UL Ends 280 Scat Street Suite 105 'Vista, CA 9208 760295388/ - phone 7652953437— fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 34 Seamless Pipe Nipples Black & Galvanized, Std. Sch. 40, XH Sch. 80, Sch. 160, XXH cv C) FIG. 320: FIG, 325: FIG. 326: FIG. 327: FIG, 330: FIG, 335: FIG. 333: FIG. 329: Standard Extra Heavy 160 XXH Standard Extra Heavy 160 XXH Blark Sch. 40 Black Sch. 80 Black Sch. 160 Black Gale. 5th, 40 Gale, Sch. 80 Galc Sch. 160 Galvanized Material ASTM A106 Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A333 Grade 6 Seamless Pipe (For Canada only) Note: Galvanized nipples from Longview Texas plant are electroplated. Galvanized nipples from Beck plant are hot dipped. OUTSIDE DIAMETER TOLERANCES PIPE SIZE TOL 1/6". 1 1/2" ±1/64 2".6" ±1%OF NOMINAL O.D, W 0 IIIIIIIiiltIIUIIIIlII 11111 I IIIIIItIAIRIIIIIIIIIIII II - _AIthMllth1liiL__ INSIDE llIlllllllllllllll 1111111111 DIAMETER oar IllllilIlUhlllll 1111111111 I ' c IIIIIIIIIHIIIIIIII II 111111 llllulthllllllllllthlllll V ____U1VlW:AiAW / F LENGTH ± 1/16" H 12" long have a length Islet ance Standard NPT Tapered Pipe Threads as 01+1- w. per ANSI B 1.20.1 Specification. Applicable Specification ASTM A733 (Refer to the chart below for specific pipe dimensions.) Note: Minimum wall thickness at any point to be not more than 10% over and 31/2% under nominal wall thickness specified for that size pipe. in in in 1/4 0.540 1/8 11/2 22½ 33½ 441/2 551,46 7 8 9 10 11 12 34 0.675 1 11/2 2 21/a 33½ 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ½ 0.840 11/8 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 441/2 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3/4 1.050 134 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 1.315 11/2 22½ 331/2 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9101112 11/4 1 1.660 1Y8 221/2 3 31/2 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9101112 11/a 1.900 13/a 22½ 33½ 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 2.375 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41,4 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 21/2 2,875 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 5½ 6 7 8 1 9 10 11 12 3 3.500 21/8 33½ 441/2 55½ 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 4.500 21/8 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 5.563 1 3 41/2 5 51/ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 6.625 1 31/a 41/2 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 IlUIC. 1)11 vi 1111 vtii IS avullalile. 8" Pipe. Size available as POA- contact yore Anvil ReHesenlahve lot details. PF-6.13 - .t- - --- ; Anvil standard and extra heav' cast iron threaded fittings are manufactured in accordance with ASME-B16.4 except plugs and bushings, ASME B16.14). Dimensions also conform to FedEral Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushirgs WW-P-47]). c®us APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details ad Limitations, visit OL r website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil Sales Representative. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Pressure - Temper.ture Ratings Temperature Pressure Class125 Class 250 psi bar psi bar -2001c 1500 -28.9t065.6 17E 12.1 400 27.6 2030 93.3 165 11.4 370 25.5 2500 121.1 150 10.3 340 23.4 3030 148.9 140 9.7 310 21.4 35)0 176.7 125 8.6 300 20.7 4030 204.4 - - 250 17.2 Standards and Specifications Dimeisions Material Galvanizing Thread Pressure Rating Federal/Other- CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Class 125 ASME 616.4' ASTM 4-126 (A) ASTM A-i 53 ASME B1.20.1+ ASME B16.4• ASME B16.40 Class 250 ASME B16.4, ASTM -i 26 (A) ASTM A-i 53 ASME B1.20.1+ ASME [31 6.4- ASME 1316.4m CAST IRON PUGS AND BUSHINGS ASME 616.14' ASTM A- 126 (A) I ASTM A-i.53 1 ASME B1.20.1+ ASME B16.14• WW-P-471 an American National standard (1.NSI), +ASME B120.1 was ANSI B2, I Formerly WW-P-5D1 ASTM B 633, Type I, SC 4, may ne supplied as alternate zinc coating per applicable ASME 316 product standard. . - utt J4NVIL PF-ii.i3 H Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 351 900 Elbow Size A B Unit Weight Black --B-H H-AH T----------------- -L - B A T I-I NPS ON in mm in mm lbs kg 1/4 8 1/2 13 13/16 22 0.16 0.07 10 /16 14 15/16 24 0.25 0.11 1/ 15 11/16 17 11/8 29 040 018 3/4 20 13/14 22 115/16 33 060 027 1 25 /16 24 11/2 38 092 042 11/4 32 1/8 29 1/4 44 1.44 0.65 172 40 1/16 33 115/16 49 1.95 0.88 2 50 1/16 40 21/4 57 3.13 1.42 2/2 65 113/16 47 2/1 68 4.94 2.24 3 80 2/16 56 31/8 79 7.21 3.27 31/2 90 2/16 62 3/16 87 9.67 4.39 4 100 211/16 68 3/16 98 12.17 5.52 5 125 3/1e 84 41/2 114 21.46 9.73 6 150 37/s 98 51/4 130 31.33 14.21 8 200 5/16 132 6/16 167 64.56 29.28 FIGURE 371 900 Elbow, Size A B Unit Weight Black Flange & Screw rrs ON in mm in mm lbs kg 2½ 65 113A6 47 21Yt 68 10.22 4.63 -BH -A--H - 3 80 23A6 56 31/8 79 13.25 6.01 4 100 2Ae 68 313A6 98 21.56 9.78 .. 6 150 3/8 98 51/6 130 40.50 18.37 Nominal Pipe Sizes e14 (100 ON and laigei have two holes taljpe(t for stUd or tap bolts. Note; See page 36 lot essare-teInperatsre Iaiii1j5. [!Ai!Iwww.anvi1intLcoi1!!!VIEW .. .37 FIGURE 352 90 Elbow, Reducing ------------ Size A B C D Will Weight Black NPS DN NPS DN in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs kg 2 15 1/4 /8 8 10 /8 /8 16 16 3/4 19 11/16 17 11/16 11/16 27 27 11/16 27 1/16 27 0.40 0.18 0.34 0.15 3/4 20 1/2 15 11/16 17 13/16 22 11/4 32 11/4 32 0.51 0.23 1 2 1/2 15 20 11/16 13/16 17 22 15/16 24 '/16 24 1/8 lI16 35 37 1I8 1/1e 35 37 0.67 0.30 0.76 0.34 11/4 32 1/2 3/4 1 15 20 25 /16 fl/is 15/16 17 22 24 11/16 27 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/2 1/8 1/1e 38 41 43 11/2 1I6 111/16 38 41 43 1.07 0.49 1.02 0.46 1.21 0.55 11 /2 40 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 15 20 25 32 3/4 /8 1 V/16 19 22 25 30 11/4 32 1/16 33 11/4 32 11/4 32 1/8 113/16 113/16 1718 41 47 47 48 1I8 113/16 113/16 We 41 47 47 48 1.53 0.69 1.55 0.70 1.44 0.65 1.74 0.79 2 50 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 172 15 20 25 32 40 1/16 1 /16 11/16 1/16 15/16 30 33 27 30 33 1I1e 37 11/2 38 1/16 37 1/1e 37 11/2 38 13/8 2 2 21/16 278 35 51 51 52 54 V/8 2 2 21/16 21/8 35 51 51 52 54 2.22 1.01 2.20 1.00 2.08 0.94 2.33 1.06 2.59 1.17 1 2 1 11/4 11/2 2 25 32 40 50 1 1/1 l5l1e 1 /16 25 30 33 40 1/4 44 1/4 44 U3/16 47 1/8 48 2/16 2/a 2/1e 2°/1e 59 60 62 65 2/ie 2%60 2/1e 2/16 59 62 65 2.93 1.33 3.41 1.55 3.68 1.67 4.01 1.82 3 80 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 32 40 50 65 1/8 1/8 1/8 1I8 41 41 41 48 2/16 59 2/i6 59 21/4 57 2h6 56 215/16 2's/16 215/16 31/16 75 75 75 78 215/16 215/16 215/16 3'/16 75 75 75 78 5.98 2.71 5.65 2.56 5.25 2.38 6.44 2.92 4 100 2 21/2 3 50 65 80 23/16 2I16 2/16 56 56 56 215/16 75 21/4 70 211/16 68 3/8 3/8 35/s 92 92 92 35/s 3/8 3/8 92 92 92 11.89 5.39 11.27 5.11 10.63 4.82 5 125 4 100 213/16 73 3/1e 84 4/8 111 43/8 111 16.47 7.47 6 150 3 4 5 80 100 125 2/is 213/16 3Io 59 73 86 313/16 98 3I8 98 313/16 98 413/16 415/16 5 124 125 127 413/16 415/16 5 124 125 127 19.43 8.81 23.53 10.67 26.66 12.09 pa Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Note: See page 36 or pessuiri- lei nperalur ci slings. PF-6.1 3 Ell----t±i I IEi Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 358 Tee Size A B Unit Weight Black - A-j J ------------- 4 T--: NPS ON in mm in mm lbs kg 1/4 8 /2 13 13/16 22 022 0.10 3/8 10 /n 16 1 25 0.35 0.16 /2 15 1/16 17 V/n 29 0.56 0.25 3/4 20 13/16 22 1/16 33 0.84 0.38 1 25 W16 24 172 38 1.25 0.57 11/4 32 11/8 29 1/4 44 2.03 0.92 11/2 40 1/in 33 115/16 49 2.70 1.22 2 50 1/16 40 21/4 57 4.23 1.92 21/2 65 113/16 47 211/16 68 6.67 3.02 3 80 2/16 56 31/8 79 10.00 4.54 31/2 90 2/16 62 3/16 87 13.29 6.03 100 211/16 68 33/4 95 16.33 7.41 5 125 3/i6 84 41/2 114 27.33 12.39 6 150 3/8 98 51/8 130 40.85 18.53 8 200 5/16 132 68/16 167 79.00 35.83 FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing T Size A B C D E F UrnI Weight Black NPS ON NPS ON NPS ON in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs kg /2 15 1 /2 15 1/4 /n 3/4 1 8 10 20 25 11/16 1'/in 1/in 1 17 17 22 25 11/16 il/in 13/16 1 1 17 17 22 25 's/in 3/4 11/16 13/16 22 19 17 22 V/n 11/8 11/4 1/in 29 29 32 37 11/8 11/8 11/4 V/in 29 29 32 37 11/8 V/n 13/in 1/8 29 29 22 35 0.57 0.26 0.57 0.26 0.68 0.31 1.00 0.45 1/4 8 3/4 20 1 V1 22 i5/16 24 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 's/in 24 0.79 0.36 1 /2 15 1/2 3/4 15 20 V/in 13/16 17 22 11/in 's/in 17 22 13/18 13/16 22 22 13/in 15/16 22 24 11/8 11/4 29 32 11/4 15/16 32 24 0.64 0.29 0.75 0.34 3/4 20 ' 20 1/4 /n 1/2 1 8 10 15 25 9/16 11/in 11/16 1 V1 14 17 17 24 9/in 11/in 11/16 iS/in 14 17 17 24 /n 15/16 13/16 13/i6 22 24 22 22 11/16 13/in 13/ 17/16 17 22 22 37 il/in 13/16 13/16 V/in 17 22 22 37 13/16 11/4 11/4 13/n 22 32 32 35 0.62 0.28 0.75 0.34 0.76 0.34 0.99 0.45 1/4 8 1 25 1 1/in 24 15/16 24 15/16 24 11/2 38 11/4 32 11/2 38 1.08 0.49 1/2 15 1/2 3/4 1 15 20 25 11/16 13/in 15/16 17 22 24 3/4 13/16 15/16 19 22 24 15/in 15/16 15/16 24 24 24 11/4 13/8 11/2 32 35 38 13/in 11/4 13/8 22 32 35 1/8 17/16 172 35 37 38 0.90 0.41 0.91 0.41 1.08 0.49 1 25 3/4 20 1/2 3/4 1 15 20 25 V/in 13/16 1/16 17 22 24 li/in 3/16 15/in 17 22 24 15/16 15/16 15/in 24 24 24 11/4 13/8 11/2 32 35 38 i3/ 15/16 1/16 22 24 37 1/8 1/16 172 35 37 38 0.89 0.40 1.00 0.45 1.13 0.51 1 25 1/4 1/2 3/4 11/4 1/2 2 8 15 20 32 40 50 11/16 11/16 1/in V/n 1/4 1 1 i/iii 17 17 22 29 32 37 11/in fl/in 13/16 11/8 11/4 V/16 17 17 22 29 32 37 P/n 15/16 15/16 15/in 1 1 1 29 24 24 24 25 25 V/n 11/4 1/8 111/16 113/in 2 29 32 35 43 47 50 11/4 11/4 1%35 V1/16 113/16 2 32 32 43 47 50 1/8 1/8 17/in V/in 1/n 1/4 35 35 37 40 41 44 1.01 0.46 1.01 0.46 1.11 0.50 1.49 0.68 1.84 0.83 2.70 1.22 Note: See page 3618 3essui e leinpeisinie ialings. Continued on next page. ______ ®4NVIL PF-11.13 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing . HLL - [ Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS ON NPS ON NPS ON in mm in mm In mm in mm in mm in mm lbs kg /2 15 1/2 15 1 25 11/4 32 1/16 22 1/in 24 1/8 29 13/16 22 '-5/ 16 24 11/8 29 11/n 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 1/16 37 1 V1 40 l/4 44 11/16 24 la/n 35 1 V1 40 1/8 41 1 W1 43 1/4 44 1.00 0.45 1.38 0.63 1.64 0.74 3/4 20 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 1 V1 22 1 '/16 24 11/8 29 's/in 22 1 /16 24 11/8 29 fUn 29 fUn 29 fUn 29 1/16 37 1n116 40 i/4 44 15/16 24 1/16 37 la/n 41 15/8 41 111/16 43 1/4 44 1.27 0.58 1.43 0.65 1.73 0.78 11/4 32 1 25 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 1U2 40 2 50 11/16 17 V/16 22 1 V1 24 V/n 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/16 17 's/in 22 15/in 24 V/n 29 11/4 32 li/in 37 11/8 29 11/8 29 V/8 29 li/n 29 13/in 22 13/16 22 15/16 24 1/16 37 in/in 40 1/4 44 17/n 48 21/16 52 11/4 32 1/8 35 in/in 40 111/i6 43 113/16 47 2 50 1/16 40 15/8 41 111/16 43 1/4 44 113/16 47 1'/n 48 1.27 0.58 1.36 0.62 1.53 0.69 1.79 0.81 2.07 0.94 2.66 1.21 11/4 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/2 40 2 50 V/in 17 1 V1 22 1 /16 24 11/4 32 1 /16 37 11/in 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 V/in 37 V/n 29 11/8 29 V/n 29 13/in 22 13/16 22 15/16 24 1/16 37 in/in 40 1/8 48 21/16 52 15/16 24 V/in 37 in/in 40 1'/8 48 21/16 52 1/in 40 15/8 41 111/in 43 113/16 47 1'/n 48 1.47 0.67 1.57 0.71 1.73 0.78 2.29 1.04 2.81 1.27 /2 15 11/4 32 11/2 40 13/in 22 15/16 24 1%29 1 '/4 32 11/4 32 15/in 24 113/16 47 115/i6 49 1/16 40 111/16 43 V/8 48 V5/i6 49 1.93 0.88 2.14 0.97 3/4 20 11/2 40 1S/i6 24 11/4 32 15/i6 24 1 W1 49 i/4 44 115/16 49 2.18 0.99 1 25 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 13/16 22 /8 22 1 25 's/in 22 W1 24 11/2 38 3/4 19 13/in 22 15/16 24 V/n 29 11/4 32 i'/in 37 V/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 V/i 32 15/i6 24 W16 24 1'/16 37 11/2 38 V/8 41 1 '3/16 47 115/in 49 21/8 54 i5/16 24 V/8 35 11/2 38 1 W1 43 113/16 47 2 50 111/16 43 1/4 44 1 W1 47 V/n 48 115/in 49 2 51 1.75 0.79 1.70 0.77 1.72 0.78 2.08 0.94 2.29 1.04 2.91 1.32 11/2 40 1/4 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 13/in 22 /8 22 1 25 '3/i6 22 WI 24 V/2 38 '1/16 17 's/16 22 15/in 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/in 24 '5/16 24 i/in 37 11/2 38 1/8 41 113/16 47 115/16 49 21/8 54 15/in 24 1 7/16 37 1°/in 40 V/i 44 V/n 48 21/16 52 111/16 43 1/4 44 V3/in 47 "/n 48 1 5/16 49 2 51 1.67 0.76 1.79 0.81 1.97 0.89 2.28 1.03 2.50 1.13 3.07 1.39 1/2 40 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 2 50 21/2 65 13/16 22 /8 22 1 25 13/16 22 11/2 38 1 W1 47 13/16 22 /8 22 1 25 13/i6 22 11/2 38 1 3/16 47 1 /4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 15/16 24 1/16 37 11/2 38 1/n 41 113/16 47 21/8 54 2/in 62 V/in 37 11/2 38 15/n 41 113/16 47 21/8 54 2/16 62 111/16 43 1/4 44 113/in 47 17/8 48 2 51 2/16 56 1.84 0.83 1.95 0.88 2.13 0.97 2.44 1.11 3.23 1.46 4.15 1.88 Note: See page 36 tar laessLiie-tenlpeiatale ratings. ®ANV1 L .:IJ PF-6. 13 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing - TTT Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS DiV NPS DiV NPS DiV in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs kg /2 15 11/2 40 2 50 15/16 24 18/ia 40 1/8 35 1'/16 37 11/2 38 1/16 40 2 51 21/4 57 113/16 47 1'Ia 48 2'/8 54 21/4 57 2.95 1.34 3.30 1.50 3/4 20 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 l/a 22 15l16 24 19l16 40 V/8 29 15/16 24 1'/16 37 V/16 37 11/2 38 lIia 40 11/8 48 2 51 21/4 57 V/4 44 11 '/16 47 115/1a 49 2'/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 2.50 1.13 3.40 1.54 3.31 1.50 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 1 '/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 11/16 17 13/16 22 '5/16 24 la/ia 40 17Ia 48 11/16 17 11/8 29 11/4 32 l'/ia 37 113/16 47 1'I16 37 11/2 38 1½ 38 18/16 40 18/16 40 1/4 44 1'/8 48 2 51 2½ 57 28/16 65 15/8 41 1/4 44 113/i6 47 2 51 2% 60 2 51 21/16 52 21/a 54 21/4 57 2'I16 62 2.70 1.22 2.94 1.33 2.85 1.29 346 1.57 4.88 2.21 2 50 1 '14 32 1/2 15 3/ 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 11/16 17 'Ia 22 il/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 1a116 40 V/8 48 1 25 'Ia 22 1 25 11/8 29 11/4 32 1'/16 37 1/a 44 1'/ia 37 1'/16 37 1'/16 37 l'/ia 37 11/2 38 1 /16 40 1/i6 40 1 '/4 44 18/16 40 13/4 44 1'/8 48 2 51 21/4 57 28/16 65 1/a 41 11/2 38 1518 41 1/4 44 17I8 48 21/16 52 2% 60 2 51 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 2'/i6 62 2.48 1.12 2.50 1.13 2.73 1.24 2.90 1.32 3.13 1.42 3.71 1.68 4.54 2.06 11/2 40 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 13/16 22 'I8 22 11/16 17 Wm 22 's/16 24 1/ia 40 1 1/a 48 13/16 22 'I8 22 1 25 13/16 22 15/16 24 1½ 38 1 's/ia 49 1116 37 1'/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 11/2 38 1/16 40 18/16 40 1 '/2 38 18/16 40 04 44 11/8 48 2 51 21/4 57 2w/16 65 17/16 37 11/2 38 1/8 41 113/16 47 115/i6 49 21/8 54 2/16 65 1'/8 48 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 2'/8 54 21/4 57 2'/16 62 2.34 1.06 2.46 1.12 2.66 1.21 2.98 1.35 3.24 1.47 3.70 1.68 5.46 2.48 2 50 1/2 15 3/ 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 21/2 65 3 1001 13/16 22 'Ia 22 li/ia 17 13/ 22 15/16 24 1'/8 48 3 76 13/16 22 'In 22 U/ia 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 1'/8 48 1 3 76 1'/16 37 1'/16 37 1'/16 37 1'/16 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 2'/16 62 1 11/2 38 1/16 40 1 '/4 44 V/a 48 2 51 28/16 65 311/16 94 11/2 38 18/16 40 13/4 44 l'Ia 48 2 51 2a116 65 311/16 94 1'/8 48 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 2'/16 62 31/2 89 2.74 1.24 2.86 1.30 3.05 1.38 3.38 1.53 3.59 1.63 5.17 2.34 7.87 3.57 Continued on next page. Nate: Sea page 36 (a Iaessaie-ternpaatuie ratings. HANVIL PF-6.13 Engineer FireLock® Rigid Coupling Style 005H _Iu/ with Vic-PlusTM Gasket System 10.02 Material Specifications: 7 1 Patented Exaggeraled lo, clarify Pks System Approvals/Listings: LIPICR cLISTEDus_@ 1O2 10.01 rrore :letsrll. [PC and VdS Approved, see notes on page 3 Product Description: FireLock Style 005H rigid coupling has a unique, patented angle-pad design which allows the housings to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is obtained. Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly. Style 005H FireLock coupling are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. Vic-Plus Gasket System: Victaulic offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems that are hydrostatically tested. The Vic-Plus System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over-lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection system notes. Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel (North America); red enamel (Europe) 0 Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Coupling Gasket: (specify choice) NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details. 0 Grade °E" EPDM Type A Vic-Plus'° Gasket System' EPDM (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade 'E" Type A Vic-Plus'° Gasket System, requiring no field lubrication for most installation conditions. 0 Grade L" silicone Recommended for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to +350°F and certain chemical services. For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the use of Grade °E" Type A FlushSeall Gasket. Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to -40"F/-40°C. Based on "typical" pipe surface conditions, supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed below 0°F/-18°C and for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to being tilled with water. Supplemental lubrication may also be required on pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks at the weld seams. Victaulic continues to recommend the use of HushSeal gaskets for dry services. victau!ic corn I Couplings I Rigid I Style 005H I Publication 10.02 Dimensions: Y Z Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 psi/2413 kPa for 1 '4 - 4/32 - 100 mm sizes and 300 psi /2068 kPa for 4 1/4 - 8/108 - 200 mm sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or X Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005H is rigid and does not accommodate expansion, contraction or angular 9 deflection. Actual Maximum Maximum Allow.. Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End I.1. P. .ens.Otis .Weight Size Diameter Pressure" Load' Separation2 Bolt/Nut3 X Y Z Each inches inches psi lbs. inches No. - size inches inches inches lips. mm mm kPa N mm inches mm mm , mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 350 1 755 0.05 3 1 2.75 4.50 1.88 1.2 32 42.4 2413 3370 1.2 2-/8X2/4 70 114 48 0.5 1 1/2 1.900 350 990 0.05 2- '/ x 21/ 3.00 4.75 1.88 1.2 40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 8 4 76 121 48 0.5 2 2.375 350 1550 0.07 3 1 3.50 5.25 1.88 1.6 50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 2-/8X2/2 89 133 48 0.7 21/2 1 2.875 350 2270 0.07 3 1 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 2413 10110 1.7 2-/8X2/2 102 146 48 .09 3.000 350 1 2475 0.07 4.13 5.75 1.88 1.9 76.1 mm 76.1 2413 11010 1.7 2-/8X2/2 105 1 146 48 0.9 3 3.500 350 1 3365 0.07 3 1 4.63 6.13 1.88 2.1 80 88.9 2413 14985 1.7 2-/8X2/2 118 156 48 1.0 4 1 4.500 350 1 5565 0.16 5.75 1 7.25 2.13 3.1 100 114.3 2413 24770 4.1 2-/8X2/2 146 184 54 1.4 4.250 300 4255 0.16 3 5.63 7.25 2.13 3.1 108.0 mm 108.0 2068 18940 4.1 2-/8X2/2 143 184 54 1.4 5 1 5.563 300 7290 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.5 125 141.3 2068 32445 4.1 2-/2x3 175 229 54 2.0 5.250 300 6495 0.16 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5 133.0mm 133.0 2068 28900 4.1 2-/2X2~ 168 229 54 2.0 5.500 300 1 7125 0.16 1 3 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8 139.7 mm 139.7 2068 31715 4.1 2-/2X2/4 175 229 54 2.2 4 t 6 t 6.625 300 10340 0.16 1 8.00 10.00 2.13 5.0 150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 2-/2X3 203 254 53 2.3 6.250 It 300 9200 0.16 1 3 7.63 10.00 2.13 5.5 159.0mm 159.0 2068 40955 4.1 2-/2X2/4 194 254 54 2.5 6.500 300 9955 0.16 1 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5 165.1 mm 165.1 2068 44295 4.1 2- /2 X 207 254 54 2.5 8 8.625 300 17525 0.19 S 10.50 13.14 2.63 11.3 200 219.1 2068 78000 4.8 2-/8X4/4 267 334 67 5.1 1 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to P/z time.,-, the figures shown. 2 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 005H couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. 3 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 4 Style 005H couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 16 Bar/235 psi. victaulic,com I Couplings Rigid I Style 005H I Publication 10.02 Listings/Approvals: The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Related Working Pressure Related Working Pressure Related Working Pressure psi psi psi ---------------- Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Sch. inches UL ULC FM Sch. inches UL ULC FM Sch. inches UL ULC FM 5 P/43 175 175 175 EL 1¼-2 300 N/A N/A MT 11/4 -2 N/A N/A 11/4 —3 350 350 350 ET 11/4 _2 300 N/A N/A STE 11/4 -4 N/A N/A 300 10,40 5-8 300 300 300 EZ 4-6 3006 N/A 300 Steady 11/4 2 N/A N/A 300 BLT 11/4 -2 300 300 N/A EE 11/4 -4 N/A N/A 300 TE 3-8 N/A N/A 300 DE 11/4 -4 300 300 i 300 i GAL -7 11/4 -2 300 1 N/A N/A WLS 11/4 —2 300 300 N/A DT 11/4 -21 300 300 1 N/A!MLT 1174-2 300 N/A N/A XL P/4-3 300 300 300 EF I 11/4 -4 175 N/A 175 ME 1¼-4 300 N/A 300 5 FM approved for service in 11/2 - 4 pipe. 6 UL Listed for service up to 4 pipe only. 7 UL Listed for service up to 3 only. Installation Reference should always he made to the ciTi'r s'v.ivi;iic F ii nlurit'r- l'ior'il,,nrtsr the product you are Installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in POE format on our website at www.aiclaulic.com. Note This product shall he manufactured by Victoulic Or to Victaelic specifications All prorJects lobe installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change prudent specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the currant Price List or contact VictaLilic for details. Victarrlicu is registered trademark at Victaulic Company. SEE ViCTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS Victaulic offers abroad line of fittings in sizes through 60/1550mm in a variety of straight and reducing styles. Most standard fittings are cast of durable ductile iron to precise tolerances. Victaulic standard fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 77 couplings. All fittings are supplied with grooves to permit fast installation without field preparation. The grooved design permits flexibility for easy alignment. These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic couplings for plain end pipe (refer to Section 14.04 for fittings available for plain end applications). Fittings are provided in various materials including ductile iron, steel or segmentally welded steel NO. 20 TEE depending on styles and size. Fittings are painted orange enamel with a galvanized finish available as an option, contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic fittings are designed specifically for use in grooved piping systems Fittings are provided grooved conforming to standard steel pipe outside diameters When connecting wafer or lug type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings with 741 or 743 Vic Flange® adapters check disc clearance dimensions with I D dimension of fitting Note: The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 90 Elbow, No.11 459 Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No. 10 90° Elbow, No. 11 45° Elbow, No. 12 NO ELBOW 22½° Elbow, No.13 11¼" Elbow, No.3045° Lateral, No.30-R Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. Advanced Groove System - For 14— 60/350 - 1550mm piping systems, Victaulic now offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). Refer to Section 20.05 for AGS fitting details. Stainless Steel - Grooved end fittings are available in Schedule 10 Type 316 stainless steel (Schedule 5, 40 and Type 304 available as an option) in various sizes. Fitting center-to-end dimensions will vary depending upon type and schedule. Refer to Section 17.04 and 17.16 for details. Aluminum - Grooved end fittings are available in aluminum alloy 356 T6 in sizes from - 1 —8 /25-200 mm. Refer to Section 21.03 or contact Victaulic for details. Fabricated Steel - A full range of fabricated segemtnally welded steel or full flow grooved end fittings are available refer to section 07.04. - Fabricated Steel with AGS Vic-Rings - A full range of full flow fabricated fittings with Vic-Rings are also .. available. AGS - ADVANCED GROOVE SYSTEM ALTERNATE STYLES Extra Heavy EndSeal® "ES" Fittings - EndSeal fittings are available in 2— 12/50-300 mm for use with "ES" grooved pipe and HP-70ES EndSeal couplings. "ES" fittings are painted black for easy identification. EndSeal (and standard) fittings may be easily internally coated (by others) for severe service requirements. Always specify 'ES EndSeal fittings" when ordering. See Section 07.03 for information on EndSeal fittings. Fittings Machined for Rubber or Urethane Lining (MRL) - For severe abrasive services Victaulic fittings maybe rubber or urethane lined (by others). Lining maybe inside diameter/end (abrasion resistance) or wrap-around (corrosion and/or abrasion) machined. Refer to Section 25.03 or contact Victaulic for specific details. Note: Fittings are available with a variety of coatings upon request such as hot dip galvanized, epoxy, glass lined and others. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date_________ CARBON STEEL PiPE - OP000ED FITTINGS 07.01 ' :i MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Or: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (adapter, swaged & hose) 3/4 - 4720 - 100mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F 5 67125 - 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or 5, Cr. B 8— 12/200 - 300 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type [or 5, Cr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (Nipple - see above) Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16,1 Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.E, raised or flat face Fitting Coatings: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard - see product specifications. Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: None (Unfinished) Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others. CARBON STEEL PIPE GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 $ 1° FLOW DATA (Frictional Resistance) The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 22½° elbow is approximately one-halt the resistance of a 45° elbow. Values of mid-sizes can be interpolated. Size Dimension - Feei/meters 1.315 17 02 42 1.7 33,7 0.5 - 0.2 - 1.3 0.5 2 2.375 3.5 2.5 12 1.1 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 2.6 1.1 76.1 111M 3.000 4.3 2.1 10.8 4.3 761 1.3 - 0.7 - 3.3 1.3 3 3.500 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.6 13.0 5.0 ,0 68.9 1.5 12 0.8 0.5 4.0 1.5 108'0 Mm 4.250 6.4 E 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 68 5.0 3.4 2.1 16.0 6.8 100 1143 2.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 4.9 21 1332 mm 5.250 . 81 41 20.0 8.1 133.0 2.5 12 6.2 2.5 -, 13--- -mm 5.500 8.5 4.2 21.0 8,5 139,7 2.6 - 1.3 - 6.4 2.6 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 12--141.3 2.6 1,3 - 6.4 2.6 159.0 mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159.0 2.9 1.5 - 7.6 2.9 1651 mm 6.500 9.6 5.0 - 25.0 10.0 165,1 2.9 - 1.5 7,6 3.0 6 6.625 10,0 7.5 ' 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 150 168,3 3.0 2.3 1,5 0.9 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 ' 13,0 9.8 6.5 4.0 33.0 13.0 00 - 219,1 4,0 3.0 , 2.0 1.2 10.1 4,0 - 10 10.750 17.0 12.0 ' 8.3 5.0 410 ' 17.0 250 273,0 52 3,7 2.5 1.5 12,5 5.2 12 ' 12,750 20.0 14.5 10.0 6,0 50.0 , 20.0 30--323.9 , 6,1 4.4 3.0 1,8 152 61 14 14,000 24.55 15.8 18.55 11.0 70.0 1 23.0 0 -355.6 7.5 4,8 5.6 3.4 , 21.3 7.0 16 16.000 28.05 18.0 21,0 § 13.0 80.0 27.0 400 406.4 8.5 , 5.5 6.4 4.0 24.4 8.2 13 18.000 . 31.05 1 20.0 23.56 14.0 90.0 30.0 450 457.0 9,5 6.1 7,2 4.3 27.4 9.1 20.000 34.0 22.5 556 160 1000 3 0 800 508.0 . 10.4 69 72 4.9 30.5 10.1 24 24.000 42.06 27.0 29.56 19.0 120.0 40.0 600 610.0 12.8 8.2 9.0 5.8 36.6 12.2 Fittings available up to 60/1500 mm. Contact Victaulic for details. S Contact Victaulic for details. S For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office, § Fitting Flow data for 14-24/350-600 mm size No 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 arid 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. W 1 and No. W1 'l Elbows), refer to submittal 20.05. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw" or 's' S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded CARSON S L .. GROOVED --)TT~NGS 07.01 err" Reducing Tee 1.CtoE1 j..CtoE.1 * CtOE rCt 1 NO. 25 Grooved Branch -T I -1--3T I NO. 291 Threaded Branch C to to to to E NO. 25 NO. 291 NO. 25-Sw NO. 29T-SW 1 1 -1/4 2.255w 2.24 Sw 1.0 4 4 5.00sw 5.005w 9.6 25 " >' 20 57 57 0.5 100 " 100 " 127 127 4.4 1¼ 1¼ 1 2.755w 2.75sw 1.3 1 V2 5.00 5.00 10.2 32 " 32 >' 25 70 70 0.6 40 127 127 4.6 11/2 11/2 3~4 2.75 Sw 2.75 Sw 1.5 2 5.00 5.00 11.2 40 " 40 " 20 70 70 0.7 50 127 127 5,1 1 2.755w 2.75 Sw 1.5 2½ 1 5.00 5.00 11A 25 70 70 0,7 65 127 127 52 1¼ 2.755w 2.755w 1.7 3 5.00 i 5.00 11.6 32 70 70 0.8 80 127 127 53 ¼ 3)5 3)5 5 5 5 1 5505w 550sw 140 50 > 50 >'20 83 ...1.1 125125r25J 140 140 6.4 3.25 3.25 2,7 11/2 5,50sw 5.50sw 14.3 25 83 87 1.2 40 i140 140 6.5 1¼ 3.255w 3.255w 1,8 2 5,50Sw 5.50tw 14.5 32 83 83 0.8 50 140 140 6.6 1½ 3.25 K25 SW 3.0 2½ 5.50 5.50sw 15.2 40 83 83 1.4 65 140 140 6.9 2112 21/2 ~ 3.75sw 3.755w 3.9 3 5.50 5.505w 16.6 65 >' 65 < 20 95 95 ' 1.8 80 140 140 7.5 1 3.75 3.755w 3.8 4 5.50 5.50 Sw 16.7 25 95 95 1,7 100 140 140 7.6 1¼ 3.75 Sw 3.755w 4,2 6 , 6 , 1 6,505w 6.50sw 23.0 32 ' 95 95 1.7 150 >' 150 >' 25 165 165 10.4 1½ 3.75 3.75 3.9 1½ 6.505w 6.505w 24.0 40 95 .......................................................................................... 95 1,8 40 165 : 165 10.9 2 3.75 3.755w 4.5 2 6.50 . 6.50 21.6 50 95 95 2.0 50 165 165 9.8 3 3 , 3/~ ' 425 Sw 4.25 Sw 5.7 21/2 6.50 6.50 21.4 80 , >' 80 >' 20 108 108 2.6 65 165 165 11.7 14 - 60" - ... 4f For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 1 425 4.25 6.1 25 108 108 28 350-1500mm + Contact Victaulic for details. 14 4,255w 4.255w 8.0 32 108 108 36 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw' or "s6.5 40 108 108 2.9 5= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) 2 4,25 4.255w 5.2 SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 50 108 108 2.8 IMPORTANT NOTE: 2½ .425 425 Sw .64 65 108 108 2.9 No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads, For British Standard specify"BSP" clearly .4 .Y4 .500sw 5005w 8.0 100 ' 100 " 20 127 127 3.6 on order. 1 5,00 5.00 7.8 25 127 127 3.5 CARBON STEEL PIPE , OF300VED FtTTit4GS rovd ind 1t ktgs Reducing Tee .CtoEj -CtoE1 -f NO. 25 Grooved Branch NO. 291 Threaded Branch C to to NO. 25 NO. 29T 07.01 .n- CtoE- .-CtoE1 L -C to to NO. 25-SW NO. 29T-SW 6 6 3 6.50 6.50 26.5 150 150 >' 165 165 12.0 4 6.50 650 25.0 100 165 165 11.3 5 6.50 6.50 23.2 125 165 165 10.5 6½ 61/2 3 6.50 650sw 24.0 1551 x 1652 80 165 165 10.9 4 6.50 6,505w 25.0 100 165 165 11.3 8 8 1112. 7,75 Sw 7,75 Sw 33.0 200 ' 200 40 197 197 15.0 2 7.75Sw 7.75 Sw 33.5 50 197 197 15.2 211, 7.75sw 7.75sw 39.0 65 197 197 17.7 3 7.75 Sw 7.75 Sw 33.6 80 197 197 15.2 4 7.75 7,75 41.8 100 197 197 19.0 5 7,75 Sw 7.75 Sw 34.0 125 197 197 15.4 6 7.75 7.75 42.3 ISO 197 197 19.2 7.755w 7755w 48.0 65, 1 197 197 21.8 1010 11/2 9.00 9.00 62.0 250 X 250 >' 40 229 229 28.1 2 900sw 9.00sw 62.0 50 229 229 28,1 21/2 9,005w 9.005w 63.4 65 229 229 28.3 3 9.00 SW 9,005w 60.0 80 229 229 27,2 4 9,00sw 9.005w 229 ' 61.0 100 229 27.7 5 9.005w 9.00 SW . 52.0 125 229 229 23.6 6 9,00sw 9.00sw ' 59.0 150 229 229 ' 26.8 8 . 9,00sw 9.005w 64.7 200 229 229 293 12 12 10,00sw 10.00 SW 770 300 x 300 25 254 254 34.9 2 1000sw 'lO.00sw 80.0 50 254 254 36.3 212 10.005w 10.005w 78.0 65 254 ' 254 35.4 3 10.00sw 10,00sw 82.0 80 254 254 37.2 4 j 10,005w 10.005w . 80.0 100 254 254 36.3 .5 10.005w 10.00Sw 75,0 125 254 254 34,0 6 10.005w 10,005w 75,0 150 254 254 34.0 8 10.005w 10.00Sw 80.0 200 254 254 36.3 10 10.00sw 10.005w 84.0 250 254 254 38.1 #14 14 4 11.00sw 11.005w 102.0 350 " 350 100 279 279 46.3 6 11.005w 11.00sw 08,2 150 279 279 49.1 8 11.00 11.00 112.0 200 279 279 50.8 10 11.00 11.00 120.0 300 279 _ .... ?79 54.4 12 11,00 11.00 129.1 300 279 279 58.6 #16 16 4 130,0 400 400 100 + + 59.0 350-1500 row 4.6j ForAGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 ± Contact Victaulic for details Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw" or "s" 5= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded IMPORTANT NOTE No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available with British Standard threads. For British Standard specify "BSP" clearly on order. # For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. 07.01 Reducing Tee CtoE..1 rCtoE NO. 29T Threaded Branch NO. 25 Grooved Branch L I ELj_II1 to NO. 25 NO. 291 16 16 12.005w 12.005w 133.5 #20 20 17.25 288.6 400 >' 400 r 150 305 305 60.6 500 500 A(i('S 438 - 130.9 8 12.00 12.00 145,0 18 17,25 297.0 200 305 305 65.8 450 438 - 134.7 0 12.00 12.00 149,5 #24 24 8 20.00 20.00 340.0 250 305 305 678 600 600 .2.00 508 508 154.2 12 12.00 12.00 154.0 10 20.00 20.00 343.9 300 305 305 69.9 250 508 soa 156.0 14 1200cw 1670 12 20.00 7000 358 350 305 75.8 300 508 508 160.0 18 18 4 15.50sw 15.505w 194.0 ' 14 § 20.00 360.0 450 450 100 394 394 88.0 350 508 163.3 6 15.50sw , 15.50sw ' 200.0 167 20.00 378.0 150 394 394 90.7 400 508 - 171.5 8 15.50sw 15.505w 202.0 ' 18 § 20.00 380.0 200 394 394 91.6 450 508 - 172.4 10 15,50 15.50 212.0 20 20.00 373.0 250 394 394 96.2 500 508 - 169.2 14- 60" . information, For AGS fitting see publication 20.05 12 15.50 15.50 222.6 300 394 394 101.0 350- 1500 + Contact Victaulic for details. 14 15.50 2301 350 1 394 104.4 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw' or "s' 16 1550 .2476 400 394 - 112.3 S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) #20 20 6 x ,< 17.25 17.25 240.0 SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 500 500 150 438 438 1089 IMPORTANT NOTE: 8 17.25 17.25 244.0 200 438 438 1107 No. 29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are available ..0 ."''""' 1725 i o's.o with British Standard threads, For British Standard specify "BSP" clearly 250 438 438 116.1 on order. ..2 1725 . 11 .....64.0 # For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (ADS). 300 438 438 1198 For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your .4 .17.25 275.0 nearest Victaulic sales office. 350 , 438 - . 124.7 § Cast fitting available. Contact Victaulic for details. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. -LIM 01. LISTED 104-la/35 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 009H The FireLock EZ Style 009H coupling is a rigid, installation-ready coupling for fire protection pipe joining. The couplings unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT FireLock EZ Style 009H couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems A . '• PATENTED LISTINGS/APPROVALS * The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Standard Pipe 1¼ i,j 65 365 365 365 32 n6 17 2517 2517 2517 11/2 175 365 365 365 365 40 P06 2517 2517 2517 2517 2 175 365 365 365 365 50 1206 2517 2517 2511 1517 1/2 .365 . . . 365365 365 65 N/A 25 7 2517 . 2517 2517 365 76.1 mm N/A N/A 365 365 2517 2517 2517 3 365 365 N/A 365 365 2517 2517 2517 1517 108 mm N/A M5 365 4/A N/A N/A 365 365 365 365 100 251.7.1 ...21.517 2517 2517 33 fl171 N/A ::, N/A N/A 190 397 mm N/A N/A 131 365 1999 1600 2517 290 65.1 mm N/A N/A 232 365 1999 1600 2517 68 290 365 N/A 232 365 1508 1999 2517 1600 1• 2517 Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (>-40P7-40°C). Please refer to the Victaulic Installation Manual (1-009H_009_009V.pdf) for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. EN-10219(L) for 76.1mm size; EN-10255(M) Regional availability only# * FM Approved only. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para__________ Location Date Approved Date CS CARBON SIEEL PIPE -• FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.61 STYLE 009H LISTINGS/APPROVALS * Speciality Pipe BLT 1 V - 1 300 1058 300 1053 UT 1 ' - 300 1068 300 1058 MT 1 - : 300 1068 300 1068 DF I V - 4 300 2068 300 2068 FF j 1 V - 4 300 2068 300 2068 MLT 1 V - N/A 3 00 2068 DI 1/_1 068 1100 lLEI/ 068 4 N/A '068 STI1/_1 1 N/A 2068 El 114_4 175 106 175 1206 ELT i%2 N/A 300 2068 STE 14-4 N/A 300 2068 EL 14-2 300 2068 300 FLTL 114-2 N/A 300 2068 TE 24-4 N/A 300 2068 ET4O 1 1/ - 301) 300 CL 1 V - 300 300 WLS 1 V - 300 300 - 2068 2068 2068 2068 - 2068 2068 EZE 3-4 MO 1068 2068 ME300 14-4 00 300 18 2068 1206 WcT / 2 N/A 175 XL 14-2 300 , 300 Note: The Specialty Pipe table only applies to imperial sizes, NOT to metric sizes. (PS CARBON STEEL PIT' -fORE PROTECTION PRODUCTS m4 g STYLE 009H 10.61 STYLE 009H DIMENSIONS Y Z 1¼ 1.660 365 790 0.10 2-3/8x2 2.95 4.77 2222463 1,93 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 -M10x2 75 121 69 118 49 0.7 1½ 1 .900 365 1035 0.10 2 - 3/8x 2 3.19 4.97 2.94 4.79 1.93 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2,54 - MI x 2 81 126 75 122 49 0.7 STYLE 009H PRE ASSEMBLED 2 7 5 365 1616 01? 2 3/8 x 2 179 3.53 3.45 5.42 1.93 1.9 (PUSH ON CONDITION) 50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 - M10 x 2 96 140 88 138 49 0.9 2112 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 -3/8x 2½ 4.29 6.09 3.92 5.85 1,93 2,1 V Y Z. ' 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 -M10x2112 109 155 100 149 49 1.0 0 761 3.000 365 2580 O 3/8x /2 440 631 405 590 193 21 P 761 2517 11476 3.05 -M10x2½ 112 160 103 150 49 1,0 X 3 3.500 365 3512 012 . 2 - 3/8 x 2 ½ 4.91 6.70 4.55 6.46 1.93 2.3 80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 -M10x2112 125 170 116 . 164 49 1.0 0mm 8 4.250 365 5178 0.17 ' 2 - 3/8 x 2 ½ 5.56 7,61 5.27 7.51 2.14 2.8 108.0 2517 23030 4.32 -M10x2112 141 193 134 191 54 1.2 STYLE 009H JOINT ASSEMBLED 4 4,500 365 5805 0.17 ' 2 - 3/8 x 2½ 5.95 7.82 5.54 7.47 , 2,14 29 00 .114.3 2517 25822 4.32 . -M10x2½ 151 199 141 190 55 1.3 133 m 5.250 365 7900 017 = 2 -3/Ox 2 ½ 6.66 911 6.36 9.01 , 2.14 4.3 m 133.0 2517 35140 4,33 ' -M10x2112 169 232 162 229 ' 55 19 5500 765 860 017 2 3/8x 2 112 675 919 646 917 109 46 1397rnm 139.7 2517 38340 4.32 -M10x2½ 172 236 164 234 53 2.1 165.1 6.500 190 9613 017 '1 5/8x 71/ 784 1093 755 1085 11 569 MM 165.1 1999 42805 4.32 , - M16 x 3¼ 199 z 278 192 276 54 2.6 6 655 290 9997 017 2 5/8x3¼ 796 1108 767 1199 711 597 150 168.3 1999 44469 432 . -M16x3¼ 202 281 195 305 54 2.69 * Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See page 1 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown in the chart on page 1, specific to pipe schedule and size. I The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) Red enamel (Europe) Optional Coatings: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps con- taining the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009H couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009H coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. USE OF FLUSHSEAL GASKETS FireLock EZ couplings are supplied with FireLock EZ Grade E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets FOR DRY PIPE SYSTEMS include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the same benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard FlushSeal gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZ couplings. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Victaulic® Flexible Coupling Style 75 Exaggerated for clarity Approvals/Listings P1LPCB® See Victaulic u:,1.aijcn 1031 for details See Victaulic i:,itic 02.1)3 for portable water approvals if applicable. A _u ~ ~k 06.05 WARNING Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or NOTICE Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Product Description Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi13450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or 'T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe please reference juDl. 111311 FL for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. Engineer Spec Section Paragraph victaulic,com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 0605 Material Specifications Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. LI Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE. Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details. 1 Grade "E" EPOM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+230C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372, NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "1" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20°F to +180°F/29°C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only, It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Ve.lslic. Gaket Celw'tiw' Crirf for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing 01 services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183 victauUc.corn I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Dimensions Style 75 Actual i Maximum Maximum Allow. Dimensions Approx. Nominal i Outside Working End Pipe End Deflection from Weight Size Diameter Pressure 2 Load 2 Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut4 X Y z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches 1 Per Cplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/rn (No.) size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 - 2° 43 48 - 2 3/ 2 61 108 45 : 0.6 1 1/4 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 - 20 10' 38 2/ 2 - iiX 68 117 45 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 - 1° 56' 0.40 - 2 3/ 2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 33 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 0.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 - 1° 31' 26 2 3/ 2 - aX 87 133 48 0.8 21/2 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 , 0.26 1, 3.88 5.68 1.88 i 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 115 22 2- /ax2 98 144 48 0.9 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 , 0.26 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 mm 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 10-12 22 2-3/8X2 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 1°-2 0.22 2-½x2~ 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 18 114 178 48 1.3 3 1/2 4.000 1 500 6300 0-0.06 , 0°-54 0.19 2-½x2~ 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.13 0.34 2-/2x2% 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 11-36'28 147 204 54 1.9 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 , 0.35 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108,0 mm 1°-41 2-12x70 198 54 1.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 29 141 41/2 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 1°-26' 0 .25 2-%x3 1/4 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 21 156 240 54 . 2.5 s 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 1°-18' 0.27 2-°/ x3¼ 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 25 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 23 175 256 54 2.6 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 , 0.28 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 mm 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 121 24 2- 16x82.5 166 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 , 10-18 0.28 2-5/a x3 / 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 152.4 mm 6.000 450 i 12735 0-0.13 , 1°-12 0.21 2- / 1ax3 / 7.38 : 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 0.23 2- 1/8 x 3V4 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 203 281 54 3.2 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 , 0.24 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 mm 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 19 20 2- 16x82.5 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 , 0.18 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 200 2191 3100 116945 0-32 0°-50 14 2-3/4x4/4 263 355 59 - 56 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from at Internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximurn nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard Cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are rilaXimnUrns; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by 50% for 114 - 3 112'720 -90 mm, 25% for 4/100 mm and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1112. times the figures shown. FireLock® Fittings _1uA_C_t:3_U1ie 10.03 Material Specifications: Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: Orange enamel Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India O Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Approvals/Listings: nul Us Product Description: Fire Locke products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD- developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Refer to the appropriate listing agency or approval body for pressure ratings. Pressure ratings vary by agency. Job/Owner Engineer System Na ...Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By I Date Date victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 Dimensions: .CtoE1 C I I Cto" toE tCCE to Ib NO. 001 NO. 003 NO. 002 No. 006 No. 001 No. 003 i No. 002 No. 006 900 Elbow 450 Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. I Approx. Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size I Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each inches inches inches i Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 1'/4 1.660 0.82 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - 21 0.1 1 1/2 1.900 - - - - - , - 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 - - - - - - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2i 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 1 3.00 3.8 76.1 mm 76.1 76 i 1.5 i 57 1.1 76.2 1.7 - - 3 3,500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 i 5.1 4.00 7.5 108 MM 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 - - 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 i 114.3 102 3.0 761 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 1 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 13.8 124 7.1 25 . 1.9 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 139.7mm 139.7 124.0 1 5.6 82.6 1 3.7 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 159mm 158.8 140 1 5.7 89 1 4.2 140 8.0 - - 6 6.625 5.50 i 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 165.1 mm 165.1 . 139.7 7.9 88.9 5.2 . 139.7 9.9 - - 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 219.1 173 11.6 1_L_.9..3_1 176 29........ 1800 L1 RETURN_N< AIR RELEASE J OR DRAIN PLUG SUPPORT BRACKET Q~l )L LISTED FOR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION END FITTINGS CARBON STEEL -SCH 40/SID WT ROSE & BRAID - STAINLESS STEEL 300 SERIES 90 ELBOW CARBON STEEL 3CR 40/STD WI 180° RETURN - CARBON STEEL - SCH 40/SID WI NOTE: METRALOOPS 2' AND LARGER INSTALLED IN ANY ORIENTATION OTHER THAN HANGING DOWN MUTHA\'E THE 1800 RETURN SUPPORTED. (SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.) CONTACT FACTORY FOR ADDITIONAL SIZES AND MOVEMENTS. ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES. QTY SIZE MODEL MOVEMENT A B PSI WI (LBS) PROJECT INFO * 2 (50mm) MLUG16O200 +/-8 23 30 300 19 - 25 (65mm) MLUG16O25O +/_811 25 34 300 31 3' (80mm) MLUG16O300 +/-8" 2711 37" 300 45 1 4" (100mm) MLUGJ6O400 -+1-8" 31,5 43 175 64 5 (125mm) MLUG16O500 +1-8 36 48 175 105 6 (150mm) MLUGI60600 +/-8" 42 55" 175 160 8 (200mm) I MLUG16O8DO F +1-8 56 1 70 175 297 SUITABLE FOR USE IN DRY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR TEMPERATURES TO _406p, CUSTOMER: PROJECT: ENGINEER: 2.3.A.2 Cast Iron Fittings Trade MFG Description Name Nipple - Anvil Pipe Nipples Galv 90° Cast Anvil 90° Cast Iron Iron Fitting Fitting Threaded Anvil Threaded Fittings Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref. Std Ref AST M A106 Fig. 351 /371 A- FIRE PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression Fitting 2580 Scott Street Suite 105. Vista, CA 92081 760295388! -phone 7602953437 - fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 61 a Seamless Pipe Nipples Black & Galvanized, Std. Sch. 40, XH Sch. 80, Sch. 160, XXH - . l l J HG. 320: HG. 325: FIG. 326: FIG, 327: FIG, 330: FIG. 335: FIG. 333: FIG. 329: Standard Extra Heavy 160 XXH Standard Extra Heavy 160 XXH Black 5th. 40 Black Sch. 80 Black Sch. 160 Black Galv. Sch. 40 Galv, Sob. 80 Gale. Sob. 160 Galvanized OUTSIDE DIAMETER TOLERANCES PIPE SIZE TOL 1/6'-1 1/2" ±1/64 2. ±1% OF NOMINAL O.D. INSIDE -$ DIAMETER _________________ H LENGTH ± 1/16" Nipples evei 12 long have a lexglli tolel ance Standard NPT Tapered Pipe Threads as of Yo". per ANSI B 1.20.1 Specification. in 11/8 in in - _ 0.405 '/4 1½ 2 21/2 3 31/2 441/551/6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1/4 0.540 7/8 11/2 221/2 33½ 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1/8 0.675 1 11/2 22½ 33½ 441,4551,46 7 8 9 10 11 12 1/2 0.840 11/8 1½ 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 1 41/2 1 5 51,4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 '/4 1.050 13/8 11/2 221,4 33½ 441/551,46 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 1.315 11/2 22½ 331,444,4551,4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 11/4 1 1.660 1% 221/2 331,4441,4551,46 7 8 9 10 11 12 11/2 1.900 1'/4 22½ 33½ 441/551/6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 2.375 2 21/2 33½ 441/2 1 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 21/2 2.875 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 3.500 21/8 33½ 441/5 51/2 6 7 8 9 101112 4 4.500 2¼ 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 1 5.563 3 41,4 5 51,4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 1 6.625 3½ 41/2 5 51,4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Hole; UI/el 101191115 aeallaxle. 8 Pipe Size available as POA contact pool 18/oil Representative lvi details. Material ASTM A106 Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A333 Grade 6 Seamless Pipe (For Canada only) Note: Galvanized nipples from Longview Texas plant are electroplated. Galvanized nipples from Beck plant are hot dipped. ASTM A733 (Refer to the chart below for specific pipe dimensions.) Note: Minimum wall thickness at any point to be not more than 10% over and 31/2% under nominal wall thickness specified for that size pipe. Seamless Pipe Nipples Black & Galvanized, Std. Sch. 40, XH Sch. 80, Sch. 160, XXH LiJ 1% :t FIG. 320: FIG. 325: FIG. 326: FIG. 327: FIG, 330: FIG, 335: FIG. 333: FIG, 329: Standard Extra Heavy 160 XXH Standard Extra Heavy 160 XXH Btak Sch. 40 Black Sch. SO Stack Sch. 160 Black Galv. SeE. 40 Galv. SeE. 80 Gale. Sch. 160 Galvanized LI) Material OUTSIDE DIAMETER r TOLERANCES ASTM A106 Grade B Seamless Pipe PIPE SIZE TOL ASTM A333 Grade 6 Seamless Pipe (For Canada only) 112' ±1184 I 2".8" ±1%OF NOMINAL O.D. Note: Galvanized nipples from Longview Texas plant are -. - electroplated. Galvanized nipples from Beck plant are hot dipped. RAI 1---_I 111IiiIIiiiIiII1111I I INSIDEApplicable Specification —1 t ill1IttIfit DIAMETER ASTM A733 - - - _Ill lIII IIllll (Refer to the chart below for specific pipe dimensions.) I Note: Minimum wall thickness at any point to be not more LENGTH ± 1/16" _________ Nipples ovel than 10% over and 31/2% under nominal wall thickness 12 long have a length tolerance specified for that size pipe. Z AStandard NPT Tapered Pipe Threads as of s. per ANSI B 1.20.1 Specification. in It in ow 011 - ¼ 0.405 3/ 11/2 2 2'/2 33¼ 441/2 551/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1/, 0.540 ¼ 11/2 221/2 33% 44½ 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3/8 0.675 1 1112 221/233% 44% 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1/2 0.840 11/8 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 44½ 55½ 6 7 8 910 1112 3/4 1.050 11/8 11/2 22/2 33% 441/2 55% 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 1.315 11/2 221/2 33½ 44% 55½ 6 1 8 9 10 11 12 11/2 1.660 1% 22½ 33% 44% 55% 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 11/2 1,900 13/4 221/2 33% 441/2 55% 6 7 8 910 1112 2 2.375 2 21/2 33¼ 441/255% 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 21/2 2.875 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/a 5 5% 6 1 7 8 1 9 10 11 12 3 3.500 234 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 4.500 1 2¼ 4 41/2 5 51/, 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 12 5 5.563 1 3 41/2 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 6.625 1 31/8 1 41/2 5 51/2 6 7 8 9 10 1 11 1 12 resin 1111011 lengins anaoaale. 8" Pipe Size available as POA - contact VOW 101011 Represenlalive to) details. PF-6.1 3 Anvil standard and ex:ra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are manufactured in acccrdance with ASME-1316.4 (except plugs and bushings, ASME 1316.14) Dimensions also conform to Feceral Specifications, WW-P-501 (except plugs and bushings WW-P-471). c®Js 4~> APPROVED For Listings/Approval Detais and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com o- contact an Anvil Sales Representative. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Pressure - Temperature Ratings Temperature Pressure Class 125 Class 250 psi bar psi bar -20° to 1500 -28.9 to 65.6 175 12.1 400 27.6 2000 93.3 165 11.4 370 25.5 2500 121.1 150 10.3 340 23.4 3000 148.9 140 9.7 310 21.4 3500 176.7 125 8.6 300 20.7 4000 204.4 - - 250 17.2 Standard:3 and Specifications Dimensions Material GaIvanizing" Thread Pressure Rating FederallOther CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Class 125 ASME 616.4' ASTM A-i 26 () ASTM A-i 53 ASME 61.20.1+ ASME 1316.4' ASME B16.40 Class 250 ASME 1316.4' ASTM A-i 26 (A) ASTM A-i 53 ASME B1.20.1+ ASME B16.4. A3ME 131 6.41111 CAST IRON PLUGS AND BUSHINGS ASMS 1316.14' ASTM A- 126 (A) I ASTM A-153 1 ASME 131.20.11+ ASME B16.14' WW-P-471 an American National staniard (ANSI), + ASME 131.20,1 was ANSI B2, I U Formerly WW-P-501 ASTM B 633. Type I, SC 4, may be supplied as alternate zinc coating per applicable ASME 1316 product standard. PF-il.13 t$sL1T 1 TT TiiT* 1101 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 351 900 Elbow Size A B Unit Weight Black B A WPS ON in mm in mm lbs kg 1/4 8 /2 13 "/16 22 0.16 0.07 10 /16 14 15/16 24 0.25 0.11 1/2 15 fl/in 17 11/8 29 0.40 0.18 20 3/16 22 1L,/16 33 0.60 0.27 1 25 15/16 24 11/2 38 0.92 0.42 11/4 32 11/8 29 1/4 44 1.44 0.65 11/2 40 1/16 33 115/16 49 1.95 0.88 2 50 1/16 40 21/4 57 3,13 1.42 21/2 65 1'3/16 47 211 /16 68 4.94 2.24 3 80 2/16 56 31/8 79 7.21 3,27 31/2 90 2/16 62 3/16 87 9.67 4.39 4 100 211/16 68 313/16 98 12.17 5.52 5 125 3/16 84 41/2 114 21.46 9.73 6 150 31/8 98 51/8 130 31.33 14.21 8 200 53/5 132 6/i6 167 64.56 29.28 FIGURE 371 900 Elbow, Flange & Screw Sze A B Unit Weight Black WPS ON in mm in mm lbs kg 7 7iT'L - -' 21/2 65 1/16 47 211/6 68 10.22 4.63 3 80 23A6 56 31/s 79 13.25 6.01 4 100 211A6 68 3' '/16 98 21.56 9.78 6 150 31/8 98 51/8 130 40.50 18.37 Nominal Pipp Sizes of 4 (100 ON) and larger have two notes tapped foi slnN on lap bolts. Note: See rage 36 for P6SS01 e-tenopei akin e (51(11(35. ANVIL IRA PF-6.1 3 FIGURE 352 900 Elbow, Reducing 7' - Size A B C D Unit Weight Black NPS DN NPS DN in mm in iitm in mm in mm lbs kg /2 15 1/4 3/8 8 10 /8 16 16 3/ 1 /16 19 17 1 '/16 11/16 27 27 11/16 11/16 27 27 0.40 0.18 0.34 0.15 3/4 20 1/2 15 11/16 17 13/16 22 1'/4 32 11/4 32 0.51 0.23 1 25 1/2 3/4 15 20 11/16 '/16 17 22 Th/I6 15/16 24 24 1/8 1/16 35 37 1/6 l/16 35 37 0.67 0.30 0.76 0.34 11/4 32 1/2 3/4 1 15 20 25 1/16 13/16 15/16 17 22 24 11/16 11/8 11/8 27 29 29 11/2 1/8 111/16 38 41 43 1V2 1/8 111/16 38 41 43 1.07 0.49 1.02 0.46 1.21 0.55 11/2 40 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 15 20 25 32 3/4 /8 1 1/1 19 22 25 30 11/4 1/1 e 11/4 11/4 32 33 32 32 1/8 113/16 113/16 1/8 41 47 47 48 1/8 113/16 113/16 1/8 41 47 47 48 1.53 0.69 1.55 0.70 1.44 0.65 1.74 0.79 2 50 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 15 20 25 32 40 1/16 1I1e 11/16 1/16 1/16 30 33 27 30 33 1/r6 11/2 1/1e 1/16 1 '/2 37 38 37 37 38 V/8 2 2 21/16 278 35 51 51 52 54 08 2 2 21/16 21/8 35 51 51 52 54 2.22 1.01 2.20 1.00 2.08 0.94 2.33 1.06 2.59 1.17 2/2 65 1 11/4 11/2 2 25 32 40 50 1 1/16 1/16 1/r6 25 30 33 40 1/4 1/4 113/16 1/6 44 44 47 48 2/16 2/8 2'/16 2/16 59 60 62 65 2/16 2/8 2'/1e 2/16 59 60 62 65 2.93 1.33 3.41 1.55 3.68 1.67 4.01 1.82 3 80 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 32 40 50 65 1/8 1/8 1/e 1/8 41 41 41 48 2/1e 2/16 21/4 2/16 59 59 57 56 215/16 215/16 215/16 31/16 75 75 75 78 215/16 215/16 215/16 31/16 75 75 75 78 5.98 2.71 5.65 2.56 5.25 2.38 6.44 2.92 4 100 2 21/2 3 50 65 80 2/1e 2/16 2/1e 56 56 56 215/16 2/4 211/16 75 70 68 3/8 3/8 3/8 92 92 92 3/8 35/8 35/fl 92 92 92 11.89 5.39 11.27 5.11 10.63 4.82 5 125 4 100 2/16 73 3/1e 84 43/8 111 4/a 111 16.47 7.47 6 150 3 4 5 80 100 125 2/16 2 13/ 16 33/fl 59 73 86 313/16 37/8 3'/16 98 98 98 413/16 415/16 5 124 125 127 413/16 415/16 5 124 125 127 19.43 8.81 23.53 10.67 26.66 12.09 LD ff a- a- - ---.-.. ---••-"-r•'' rr!I 41L1L_: T4t c*ziE1 [. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) Note: See sage 36101 plenSele- lei fllrelatrire ratings. -. •.: I... Lu... Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 358 Tee Size A B Unit Weight Black J - . R F 1---------- A _j ] B H NPS ON in mm in mm lbs kg 1/4 8 1/2 13 3/16 22 0.22 0.10 /8 10 /8 16 1 25 0.35 0.16 1/2 15 1 716 17 11/8 29 0.56 0.25 20 2/16 22 1/16 33 0.84 0.38 1 25 1 /16 24 11/2 38 1.25 0.57 1 '/4 32 11/8 29 1I4 44 2.03 0.92 11/2 40 1I16 33 115/16 49 2.70 1.22 2 50 1/16 40 21/4 57 4.23 1.92 21/2 65 113/16 47 211/16 68 6.67 3.02 3 80 2/6 56 31/8 79 10.00 4.54 3/2 90 2/16 62 3/16 87 13.29 6.03 4 100 211/16 68 33/4 95 16.33 7.41 5 125 3/16 84 41/2 114 27.33 12.39 6 150 3'/8 98 51/8 130 1 40.85 18.53 8 200 5/16 132 6/16 167 79.00 35.83 Tee Reducing FIGURE 359 -- C: F Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS ON NPS ON NPS ON in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs kg /2 15 1 /2 15 1/4 /8 3/4 1 8 10 20 25 1V16 11/16 1/16 1 1 17 17 22 25 11/16 11/16 13/16 1 17 17 22 25 13/15 3/4 11/16 13/16 22 19 17 22 11/8 11/8 11/4 1/16 29 29 32 37 11/8 11/8 11/4 Vim 29 29 32 37 1/8 U/a 13/16 1/8 29 29 22 35 0.57 0.26 0.57 0.26 0.68 0.31 1.00 0.45 1/4 8 3/4 20 1 1/l6 22 15/16 24 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 15/16 24 0.79 0.36 1 /2 15 1/2 5/4 15 20 11/16 1 V16 17 22 11/16 13/16 17 22 13/16 13/16 22 22 13/16 15/16 22 24 11/8 11/4 29 32 11/4 15/16 32 24 0.64 0.29 0.75 0.34 3/4 20 ' 20 1/4 /8 1/ 1 8 10 15 25 °/16 11/16 11/16 1 1/16 14 17 17 24 /16 11/16 11/16 15/IS 14 17 17 24 7/ 15/16 13/16 '/16 22 24 22 22 11/16 13/16 13/16 1/16 17 22 22 37 11/16 13/15 13/16 VIm 17 22 22 37 13/16 1 1/4 11/4 1/8 22 32 32 35 0.62 0.28 0.75 0.34 0.76 0.34 0.99 0.45 1/ 8 1 25 1 /16 24 15/16 24 15/16 24 11/2 38 11/4 32 1V2 38 1.08 0.49 /2 15 1/2 3/4 1 15 20 25 11/6 1/16 Vh6 17 22 24 3/4 13/16 '/i 6 19 22 24 15/16 15/16 '/16 24 24 24 11/4 1/8 11/2 32 35 38 13/16 11/4 1/8 22 32 35 1/8 1/16 1 V2 35 37 38 0.90 0.41 0.91 0.41 1.08 0.49 25 3/4 20 1/2 3/4 1 15 20 25 11/16 1/16 1/s 17 22 24 11/16 13/16 15/16 17 22 24 15/16 "/is 15/16 24 24 24 11/4 1/8 1 11/2 32 35 38 13/16 15/16 1/16 22 24 37 1/8 1'/16 11/2 35 37 38 0.89 0.40 1.00 0.45 1.13 0.51 1 25 1/4 1/2 3/4 1/4 11/2 2 8 15 20 32 40 50 11/16 1'/16 1/l6 11/8 11/4 1 1/1 17 17 22 29 32 37 11/16 11/16 13/16 11/8 1/4 Vim 17 17 22 29 32 37 11/8 15/16 15/16 15/16 1 1 29 24 24 24 25 25 11/8 11/4 j3/ 111/16 113/16 2 29 32 35 43 47 50 11/4 11/4 P/8 111/16 113/16 2 32 32 35 43 47 50 1/8 1/8 1/16 1°/16 1/o 1/4 35 35 37 40 41 44 1.01 0.46 1.01 0.46 1.11 0.50 1.49 0.68 1.84 0.83 1 2.70 1.22 Note; See page 36 kx lsessule-lelnpelalure raSags Continued on next page. FRIMPIMEM ®4N'11L PF-11.13 C C a- Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing -- A-'-E1 Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS ON NPS ON NPS ON in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm lbs Ag 1/2 15 1/2 15 1 25 11/4 32 1 /16 22 1/16 24 11/8 29 '/16 22 Thu s 24 V/s 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 1/16 37 1°/16 40 1/4 44 /16 24 1/s 35 1°/16 40 1 V 41 111/16 43 1/4 44 1.00 0.45 1.38 0.63 1.64 0.74 3/4 20 3/4 20 1 25 V/i 32 1/16 22 15/i6 24 11/8 29 13/16 22 15/16 24 V/s 29 1 1/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 1 /16 37 1°/16 40 1/4 44 1 16 24 1/16 37 V/s 41 1/8 41 111/16 43 1/4 44 1.27 0.58 1.43 0.65 1.73 0.78 11/4 32 2 1 5 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 11/16 17 13/16 22 1/16 24 11/8 29 174 32 1/16 37 /is 17 13/16 22 15/is 24 11/8 29 174 32 V'/s 37 11/8 29 F/s 29 F/8 29 11/8 29 13/16 22 13/16 22 5/16 24 1/is 37 1°/16 40 1/4 44 17/8 48 21/16 52 11/4 32 F/s 35 1/16 40 111/16 43 113/is 47 2 50 1°/16 40 P/B 41 111/16 43 1/4 44 113/16 47 1/8 48 1.27 0.58 1.36 0.62 1.53 0.69 1.79 0.81 2.07 0.94 2.66 1.21 174 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 172 40 2 50 V/is 17 1/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 1/16 37 il/fl 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 V/is 37 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 13/16 22 13/16 22 /is 24 1/16 37 1°/16 40 1/s 48 21/16 52 15/16 24 V/is 37 1°/16 40 17/s 48 21/16 52 1°/16 40 1/8 41 111/16 43 113/16 47 1/8 48 1.47 0.67 1.57 0.71 1.73 0.78 2.29 1.04 2.81 1.27 1 /2 15 11/4 32 11/2 40 13/is 22 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 11 '/16 47 1 5/16 49 1°/is 40 11/16 43 1/s 48 115/16 49 1.93 0.88 2.14 0.97 3/4 20 11/2 40 /is 24 11/4 32 15/16 24 115/i6 49 1/i 44 115/is 49 2.18 0.99 1 25 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 13/16 22 7/ 22 1 25 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/2 38 3/4 19 13/16 22 15/is 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 1 /16 37 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 'Viii 24 1/16 37 11/2 38 1/8 41 113/16 47 115/16 49 1 21/8 54 15/16 24 1/8 35 11/2 38 11 '/16 43 113/16 47 2 50 1/16 43 1/4 44 113/is 47 17/8 48 115/16 49 2 51 1.75 0.79 1.70 0.77 1.72 0.78 2.08 0.94 2.29 1.04 2.91 1.32 1 /2 40 1/4 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 V/4 32 1 '/2 40 2 50 13/16 22 7/ 22 1 25 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/2 38 1/is 17 13/16 22 15/is 24 11/s 29 11/4 32 1/is 37 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 15/16 24 1/16 37 11/2 38 1/8 41 113/16 47 1w/16 49 1 21/8 54 "/16 24 17/i6 37 1°/16 40 13/4 44 V/s 48 21/16 52 111/s6 43 1 "/i 44 113/is 47 17/s 48 115/16 49 2 51 1.67 0.76 1.79 0.81 1.97 0.89 2.28 1.03 2.50 1.13 3.07 1.39 11/2 40 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 2 50 21/2 65 13 /16 22 7/ 22 1 25 13/16 22 11/2 38 1 113/16 47 13/16 22 /8 22 1 25 13/16 22 1'/2 38 1 113/is 47 Fbi 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 174 32 15/16 24 iS/is 24 17/16 37 11/2 38 15/8 41 113/16 47 2'/s 54 1 27/16 62 V/is 37 11/2 38 1/8 41 113/16 47 2'/ 54 2/16 62 lu/is 43 1/4 44 113/16 47 1/8 48 2 51 2/16 56 1.84 0.83 1.95 0.88 2.13 0.97 2.44 1.11 3,23 1.46 4.15 1.88 Note; See pacie 3601 presSUie-ieisperalLile ratings. ®A1w1L I1iIT PF-6.1 3 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing Jf Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS ON bPS ON bPS ON in mm in mm in mm in nm in mm in mm lbs kg v2 15 V/2 40 2 50 15/16 24 1/16 40 1/8 35 1'/16 37 1 /2 38 1/l6 40 2 51 21/4 57 113/is 47 V/8 48 21/8 54 21/4 57 2.95 134 330 1.50 3/4 20 1 '14 32 11/2 40 2 50 1/16 22 1/16 24 1/16 40 11/8 29 /16 24 17/16 37 1/l6 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 1 '/8 48 2 51 1 21/4 57 j3/4 44 113/16 47 115/16 49 21/16 52 21/s 54 21/4 57 2.50 1.13 3.40 1.54 3.31 1.50 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 11/16 17 i3/1 22 15/16 24 1/16 40 1/8 48 fl/is 17 11/8 29 11/4 32 1/16 37 1 3/16 47 1/16 37 1 'I2 38 11/2 38 V/16 40 1 5/16 40 04 44 li/s 48 2 51 21/4 57 29/16 65 V/s 41 1/4 44 1 3/16 47 2 51 2/8 60 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 2'/16 62 2.70 1.22 2.94 1.33 2.85 1.29 3.46 1.57 4.88 2.21 2 50 1 '/4 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 272 65 11/16 17 'Is 22 /is 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 1/16 40 1'/s 48 1 25 7/ 22 1 25 U/s 29 1 '/4 32 1/16 37 1/4 44 1 /16 37 1'/16 37 l'/is 37 l'/is 37 11/2 38 V/16 40 1 /16 40 11/4 44 V/is 40 V/i 44 V/s 48 2 51 21/4 57 1 2/16 65 1/8 41 11/2 38 1/8 41 1/4 44 1'/s 48 21/16 52 23/s 60 2 51 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 2'/16 62 2.48 1.12 2.50 1.13 2.73 1.24 2.90 1.32 3.13 1.42 3.71 1.68 4.54 2.06 11/2 40 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 174 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 13/16 22 7/8 22 il/is 17 13 /16 22 15/16 24 1/16 40 17/8 48 13/16 22 7/ 22 1 25 '3/16 22 /16 24 11/2 38 115/16 49 1'/i6 37 1'/16 37 1/16 37 17/16 37 11/2 38 1 /16 40 1 /16 40 11/2 38 V/is 40 V/i 44 V/s 48 2 51 21/4 57 25/16 65 1/16 37 11/2 38 1/s 41 1 3/is 47 115/16 49 21/8 54 29/16 65 V/s 48 115/i6 49 2 51 21/is 52 21/s 54 21/4 57 2'/16 62 2.34 1.06 2.46 1.12 2.66 1.21 2.98 1.35 3.24 1.47 3.70 1.68 5.46 2.48 2 50 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 21/2 65 3 100 '3/16 22 7/ 22 "/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 17/8 48 3 76 13/16 22 7/ 22 li/is 17 13/16 22 iS/16 24 1'/s 48 3 76 1'/16 37 17/16 37 17 /16 37 1/16 37 11/2 38 1/16 40 2/16 62 11/2 38 V/is 40 1 '/4 44 V/s 48 2 51 2/16 65 311/46 94 11/2 38 15/16 40 V/i 44 11/9 48 2 51 2/16 65 311/16 94 118 48 1 5/i6 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/s 54 2'/is 62 31/2 89 2.74 1.24 2.86 1.30 3.05 1.38 3.38 1.53 3.59 1.63 5.17 2.34 1 7.87 3.57 Continued on next page. Note: See page 311 loi piesaaie-ieiiipeialiiie iaiiags. cr .ANVIL PF-6.13 nrn r! y..- . LIL E PR OTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.4 Pipe Hangers and Supports 2.4.B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes Y2 to 1Y Inch: Carbon Steel, adjustable swivel, split 2.4. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Over: Carbon Steel, adjustable, clevis Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Rating Ref Rings Tolco Trimline, Adjustable UL / FM Band Hanger 3" (Rings) 2" ill Screw Argco Sammy GST —20 UL I FM Superscrew Screw ltwbuildex Sammy Xpress UL/FM Beam Tolco Beam Clamp Size of Joist will be UL I FM Clamp verified in the field Steel Rod Tolco Steel Rod Coupling 3/8" Coupling All Tolco All Threaded Rod 3/8" Threaded 1/2" Rod Fast Tolco Sway Brace 4" UL / FM Clamps Attachment Swivel Tolco Swivel Sway Brace UL / FM Sway Brace Attachment Kwik Bolt Hilti Kwik Bolt Exp. 1/2 x 4.5" UL/FM Anchor Surge Tolco Surge Restrainer UL Restrainer Screw Tolco Coach Screw NFPA Hanger Rod Hanger Road Retainer Tolco Sway Brace UL Strap Ref. Std 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760295-3881 -phone 760295-3437- fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 71 2" Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger Fig. 200R (Import) — Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger w/Retainer Ring C®US LISTED Size Range - 1/2' thru 8" pipe Material - Carbon Steel, Mu. Galvanized to G90 specifications Function - For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features - (1/2" thru 2") Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is eas- ily installed around pipe. (21/2" thru 8") Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories listed (1/2" thru 8") in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (3/4" thru 8"). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-1 71 E, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP-69, Type 10. Maximum Temperature - 650°F Finish - Mu. Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nub. Order By - Figure number and pipe size Note - Figure 200R (import) with retainer ring and non-captured knurl nut. Dimensions • Weights Pipe Rod Size Max. Rec. Approx. Size Inch Metric A B Load Lbs. Wti100 1/2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 31/8 2% 400 11 3/4 3/8 8mm or 10mm 31/8 21/2 400 11 1 3/8 8mm or 10mm 3% 2% 400 12 11/4 3/8 8mm or 10mm 33/4 2/e 400 13 11/2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 3½ 2/8 400 14 2 3/8 8mm or 10mm 41/2 3 400 15 21/2. 3/8 10mm 5% 41/8 600 27 3 3/8 10mm 5/8 4 600 29 31 3/8 10mm 73/a 51/, 600 34 4 3/8 10mm 7% 5 1000 35 5 1/2 12mm 91/8 61A 1250 66 6 1/2 12mm 101/8 6A 1250 73 8 1/2 12mm 131/8 8-3/1 1250 136 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA, CA 92079 • P11: 951.737.9599 • FAX 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800,786.5266 wwwto!cacofll 2.3.B - Metal, Pipe-Flange, Bolts, and Nuts ARGC %i GUARANTEED SAMMY SUPERSCREW All-Thread Anchoring System BOTTOM MOUNT FOR WOOD Self-tapping for use in wood with or without sheetrock ITEM # MODFI # ROD SIZE SHANK DIA. SHANK LENGTH A 25-30-314V 25-30-315V 25-30-314 GST-10 3/8'l6 1/4" 25-30-315 OST-20 3/8-16 1/4" 25-30-315BV GST-25-380 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2" 25-30-316 GST-30 3/8-16 1/4" 25-30-541 GST-200 1/4-20 1/4" 2" AwEwssr;A_ SIDE MOUNT FOR WOOD Self drilling and threading into wood -No predrilling required 25-30-511V 'L' . 25-30-513V ITEM # MODEL # ROD SIZE SHANK DIA SHANK LENGTH ,-.. 25-30-511 SWG-10 3/8-16 1/4" 25-30-513 SWG-20 3/8-16 1/4" 25-30-514 SWG-25-380 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2" r25-30-544 I SWG-100 1/4-20 1/4" 1" The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM THREADED ROD FASTENERS FOR WOOD - BOTTOM MOUNT SHANK SHANK ITFM 4 MOflPI Ron SI7P flLA I PNIrTH I flAp CAPAOTY APPROVAl S 25-30-314 SAMMY GST-10 3/8-16 1/4' 1" 300 25-30-314A ARGCO 1" BM WOOD 3I8'16 1/4" 300 25-30-315 SAMMY GST-20 3/8-16 1/4" 850 () <> 25-30-315A ARGCO 2" BM WOOD 3/8-16 1/4 2" 850 25-30-3155H SAMMY GST-205W1VEL 3/8-16 1/4" 2" 1,050 ® 25-30-315SS SAMMY GST-20 STAINLESS 3/8'16 1/4" 2" 1,500 25-30-315B SAMMY GST-25-380 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2" 1,500 25-30-315BV ARGCO 2-1/2' BM WOOD 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2" 1,500 V zE" 25-30-315BA ARGCO 2-1/2' BM WOOD 3/8-16 318" 2-1/2' 1,500 25-30-316 SAMMY GST-30 3/8-16 1/4" 3" 1,500 ® 25-30-316A ARGCO 3"BMWOOD 3/8-16 1/4" 3" 1,500 25-30-3165H SAMMY GST-30 SWIVEL 3/8-16 1/4" 3" 1,500 25-30-316V ARGCO 3" BM WOOD 3/8-16 1/4" 3" 1,500 25-30-318 SAMMY GST-200 1/4-20 1/4" 2" 1,500 25-30-319 SAMMY GST-2 1/2-13 1/4" 1,500 25-30-319E ELCO EZG-650 3/8-16 1/4" 2-1/2" 1,500 25-30-320 SAMMY TEK-50 1 3/8-16 1 1/4" 17' 1,500 25-30-321 SAMMY GST-3 1/2-13 1/4" 1,500 THREADED ROD FASTENERS FOR WOOD - SIDE MOUNT SHANK SHANK ITFM 4 MODEL ROD 517F DIA I FNGTH LOAD CAPACITY APPROVALS 25-30-511 SAMMY SWG-10 3/8-16 1/4" 1" 1,500 ( 25-30-511A ARGCO 1" SM WOOD 3/8-16 1/4" 1" 1,500 25-30-511V ARGCO 1" SM WOOD 3/8-16 1/4" 1,500 25-30-513 SAMMY SWG-20 3/8-16 1/4" 1,500 25-30-513A I ARGCO 2"SMWOOD 3/8-16 1 1/4" 1 2" 1,500 00 25-30-513E ELCO EZH-665 3/8-16 1/4" 2-1/4" 1,500 25-30-513V ARGCO 2"SMWOOD 3/8-16 1/4" 2' 1,500 25-30-514 SAMMY SWG-25-380 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2' 1,500 25-30-514A ARGCO 2-1/2'SM WOOD 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2 1,500 25-30-514V IARGCO2-1/2'SMWOOD 3/8-16 3/8" 2-1/2' 1,500 THREADED ROD FASTENERS TOOLS ITPM if flFSCRIPTION 25-30-324V NUT DRIVER - LONG (SIDE MOUNT) 25-30-324V-SH NUT DRIVER - SHORT (BOTTOM MOUNT) 800-854-1015 argco.com fax: 760-727-3270 TJ ARGCO One piece all steel threaded fastening system for suspending steel threaded rod vertically overhead in pipe haning, fire protection, electrical conduit and cable tray applications. A universal socket driver is recommended to provide proper installation with a screw gun or hammer drill. THREADED ROD FASTENERS FOR WOOD BOTTOM MOUNT FOR WOOD Self-tapping for use in wood with or without sheetrock ITEM If ROD SIZE SHANK DIA, SHANK LENGTH MAX. PIPE SIZE LOAD CAPACITY LISTING 2530314V 3/8-16 1/4" 4" 1,5001bs 2530315V 3/8-16 1/4" 4" 1,500 lbs 2530316V 3/8-16 1/4" 1,5001bs (ü 2530317V 3/8-16 1/4" 4" 4" 1,500 lbs Cj US LISTED NUT DRIVER Recommended to be installed with Universal Steel & Wood Nut Driver (ITEM #2530324V) -less earn or joist 2" nominal width (1-1/2") INSTALLTION INSTRUCTIONS for Wood Bottom Mount Insert nut driver into a 3/8" drill. Insert Tuf Screw into the nut driver. Position drill and begin to install. Drill should be in vertical position. When nut driver spins freely on the cap of Tuf Screw, installation is complete. Tuf Screw is now ready to receive threaded rod or bolt. CROSS REFERENCE ITEMO ITW SAMMY 2530314V GST-10 2530315V GST-20 25303 15BA GST-25-380 2530316V GST-30 2530317V GST-40 These products have been examined and tested and band to comply with the requirements at the standard for pipe hanger equipment for fire protection service, UL 203, ULC/000 C203 in affect as of 7120/2004. The products covered are intended for use in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association Standard for the Installation of Spookier Systems. NFPA 13 and the Standard for Water Spray Freed Systems for Fire Protection, NFPA 15 THREADED ROD FASTENERS FOR WOOD SIDE MOUNT FOR WOOD 'Self drilling and threading into wood 'No predrilling required CLHS LISTED ITEM P ROD SIZE SHANK DIA. SHANK LENGTH EMBEDMENT DEPTH MAX. PIPE SIZE LOAD CAPACITY LISTING 2530511V 3/8-16 1/4" 1" 1" 4" 1,500 lbs YL 2530513V 3/8-16 1/4" 2" 2" 4" 1,500 lbs 2530514V 3/8-16 5/16" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 4" 1,500 lbs NUT DRIVER Recommended to be installed with Universal Steel & Wood Nut Driver (ITEM #2530324V) 2" nominal width (1-1/2") INSTALLTION INSTRUCTIONS for Wood Side Mount Insert nut driver into a 3/8" drill. Insert Tuf Screw into the nut driver. Drill should be in horizontal position at a right angle to structural member. When nut driver spins freely on the cap of Tut Screw, installation is complete. Tuf Screw is now ready to receive threaded rod or bolt. CROSS REFERENCE ITW SAMMY ITEM P SUFERSCREW 2530511V SWG-10 2530513V SWG-20 2530514V SWG25-380 Side Mount Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom branch lines Minimum 3" from bottom formal lines. 3" nominal thickness (2-1/2") side of vertical beam or joist These products have been examined and tested and found to comply with the requirements of the standard for pipe hanger equipment for fire protection service, UL 203; ULCIORD c203 in affect as of 7/20/2004, The products covered are intended for use in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association Standard for the Installation of Spinster Systems, NFPA 13 and the Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection, NFPA 15 SAMMY AX_PRESS® Installs into Metal Deck, Purlin, or Tubular Steel The Sammy X-Press expands to provide direct vertical attachment in: - light gauge steel deck or purlin (22ga. - 1/8). Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press U®Tool, saving time & installation costs. Use in applications where access to the back of the installed fastener is prohibited ie. metal roof deck, tubular steel, or vapor barher tabric. Less jobsite material needed. No retaining nut required. Provides design flexibility, Made in the U.S.A. Watch a video de,00ooiraiiOo ii www.itwbuitdex.com 1/4 200 mm/ 1146 (22 go) 85 1(Lumtnaire( 12 12 Metal Deck Q 0/8 8150022 XF cO Sammy 1146 850 (V' Pipe) (22g ) umino 2 50 (LUMInarre) 07 056 949 )c Pip 1 /4/5 (4 Pip 029 104 125 25 125 Metal Dea 283 0/out/ct & Dahl ) 029 1500 (4" Pipe) 060 t3/, ov 3/8 8153922 XP 35 Sammy1783 X-Press 35 416 (16 gal 185 (Luminaire) 250 (Luminaire) .056" 1475 Pipe) 125" 25 125 Purlin (Conduit & Cable( 059 [[ F PoLl bOo tut I Concoe/efl u00 pi Metal Deck 0/9' 015092d PP 20 /14x (229 ) 850 2/v Pipe I 25 125 hID Pot Pout Range II LWO!~ 35 PCF 1/b tft( aeck (Post-pout) Pre-Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post-Pour Range II LWC5 35 PCF )lbsl ft) 7 71 rJ The SidewinderX-Press expands to provide • Less jobsite material needed. horizontal attachment in - 16 go - 3116 steel - purlin, tubular steel. • No retaining nut required. Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It® Tool, • Provides design flexibility. saving time & installation costs. Made in the U.S.A. Use in applications where access to the back of the installed fastener is prohibited ie. metal roof Li'1LJ deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. www.itwbuildex.com 0 3181, 83a.0/u floHS W MADE IN IJ3.A iZ ' i/o rip / O /Luiniuuir 1 050 120 25 125 Puthn 416 (Cvvdout&C SI) i H' i?1i '- FE POTECTON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :4020 1 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression Beam Clamp with Bolt and Nut 2880 Scc2r Stre&, Su8e 105 Vista, CA 92081 7CO295388I-phone 7CO2953437—fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 78 Fig. 130 - Beam Clamp with Bolt and Nut Size Range - Fig. 130-1 = TJI 35 Fig. 130-2 Fig. 130-3 = TJI 25 Fig. 130-4 = TJI 55 & 65 Fig. 130-5 = TJI 75 Fig. 130-6 = TJI 96 Material - Carbon Steel I Function - Effective and economical method of hanging from "Trus Joist" type beams. Use with Fig. 102 Eye Rod. Approvals - Sizes 1 thru 6 Underwriters' Laboratories listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) listed through 4 pipe. All Fig. 130 Beam Clamps meet requirements of Factory Mutual Engineering and NFPA 13, through 4 pipe. Finish - Electro-Galvanized Note - Available in HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number with dash designation and finish or by height and width of beam and finish. Dimensions Weights Size Beam Dimensions Approx. 130 A H W WtJ100 1 31/4 11/2 25/1s 65 2 31/2 1~144 21/2 70 3 31/4 11/2 1/4 58 4 31/ 11/2 31/2 83 St 3% 1/4 31/2 86 6t 41/2 21/2 31/8 101 Max. Rec. Load 500 lbs. Safety Factor of 5 I Larger bolts and I-rods are required for 5 and 6 pipe sizes OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY. 1375 SAMPSON AVE. . CORONA, CA 92879 • P11: 161737 55911 • [AX: 951.737.11330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.52116 WWW.to!CO.COflI [ i Size Range - Secures 3/8" thru 7/8" rod in 1" increments Material - Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature - 750°F Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, rod diameter, rod length and finish Dimensions Rod Max. Rec. Load Lbs. Size For Service Temp 650°F 3/8 730 1/2 1350 5/8 2160 3/4 3230 7/8 4480 Component of State of Fig. 98 - Rod Stiffener California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System Fig. 98B - Rod Stiffener w/Break-off Bolt Head Size Range - Secures 3/8' thru 718 hanger rod Material - Carbon Steel Function - Secures channel to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing. - - Approvals - Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and I Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD proiects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines FIG. 98 Finish - Electro Galvanized Note - Available in HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number . FIG 98B Fig. 99 - All Thread Rod Cut to Length Size Range - Secures 3/8" thru 11/2" rod in 10' lengths Material - Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature - 750°F Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, rod diameter and finish Fig. 100 - All Thread Rod Full Lnnth Dimensions • Weights Max Rec. Load Lbs. Rod For Service Temps Approx. Size 650°F Wt./100 1/4 240 12 3/8 730 29 1/2 1350 53 5/8 2160 84 3/4 3230 123 7/8 4480 169 1 5900 222 11A 9500 360 1112 13800 510 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • COHONA, CA 92879 • P11: 951 717,95M • FA 9517379338 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 880.7865266 wwwtolco.coni Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range - Pipe size to be braced: 21/2' thru 8" IPS.* Pipe size used for bracing: 1" and 11/4" Schedule 40 IPS. Material - Carbon Steel Function - For bracing pipe against sway and seismic distur- bance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: The Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a TOLCO 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a com- plete sway brace assembly. Features - Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of brac- ing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System US USEER Installation Note - Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals - Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) Maximum Design Load and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Sch. 7 - 1600 lbs. Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State Sch. 10 & 40 w/1" Brace Pipe - 2015 lbs. of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development Sch. 10 & 40 w/1¼" Brace Pipe - 2765 lbs. (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic FM Approved Design Loads* Restraint Systems Guidelines. 21/2" - 2400 lbs. Finish - Plain 3" - 4' - 2500 lbs. Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish. 5" - 8' - 1500 lbs. Order By - Indicate pipe size to be braced followed by pipe size used for bracing, figure number and finish. Important Note - The Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete brac- ing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that the Fia. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracin products. The Fig 1001 is not intended for use with the Fig. 907 4-Way Longitudinal Brace Attachment. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951 737.5599 • FAX: 95t737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 wwwjo/co.con, T.7 T 'T rT FI --W- Fig. 4A — Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing Size Range - 4" thru 8" pipe. For sizes smaller than 4" use TOLCO® Fig. 4. Material - Carbon Steel Function - For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 4" thru 8". Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). Installation Instructions - The Fig. 4A is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal, lateral or riser brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO transitional and structural attachment component(s) to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install - Place the Fig. 4A over the pipe to be braced. Attach TOLCO transitional fitting, either Fig. 980, 910 or 909, to the clamp ears. Tighten bolts and nuts; torque requirement is a minimum of 50 ft. lbs. Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, pipe size and finish Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System @ W, usThU Fig. 4A - Longitudinal Brace Fig. 4A - Lateral Brace Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to.the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-Line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. Dimensions • Weights Pipe Max. Horizontal Approx. Sizes A B C D Bolt Size Design Load Wt./100 4 81/2 "/16 33/s 3"/16 1/2 1600 221 5 93/4 "As 3½ 43/s ½ 1600 253 6 11 1/2 5/ 5 51/s 1/2 2015 513 8 131/4 3/4 6'Yis 61/6 1/2 2015 601 COOPER B-LINE 1375 Sampson Ave • Corona, CA 92879 • 800.786.5266 • FAX: 951.737.0330 T COOPER B-Line Longitudinal Brace Fig. 4L C® US LISTED Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range - 21/2 through 8 IPS. Material - Carbon Steel Function - For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals - Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 21/2' - 8. Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2" - 8 pipe. Installation Instructions - The Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe' attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install - Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage 'bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until hex head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish - Plain Note - Available in Elect ro-Gal van ized and HDG finish. Order By - Figure number, pipe size and finish. Dimensions • Weights Bolt Max. Rec. *Max Design Sizes A C D Load Lbs. Load Lbs. wt./100Size Approx. (cULus) (FM) 21/2 6A6 21/2 2/4 1/2 2015 3000 253 3 7 23/4 31/16 1/2 2015 1550 268 4 81/2 3/8 311A6 1/2 2015 1550 348 5 93/4 3/8 43, 1/2 2015 1450 380 6 111/2 5 51 1/2 2015 1450 640 8 131/4 5/8 5/8 1/2 2015 1450 728 * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin 0, where 0 the installation angle measured from the vertical. FM approved when used with 1", 11/4", 11/2" 0r2' Sch. 40 brace pipe. 4-Way Riser Brace (Plan view) TOLCO@ brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER - NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951,7:37,5599 • F7(: 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786 5266 www.tolco.com Rod Max Rec. Approx. Size Length Load Lbs. Wt./100 1/4 7/8 240 2 5/16 13/4 300 13 3/8 13/~ 610 11 1/2 13/4 1130 11 5/8 21/8 1810 16 3/4 21/4 2710 27 7/8 21/2 3770 57 1 23V'j 4960 70 11/8 - 1½' - Consult factory for specifications Fig. 70R Dimensions • Weights Rod Max Rec. Approx. Size Length Load Lbs. Wt./100 3/8 x 1/4 7/8 240 4 1/2x3/8 1"Y4 610 7 5/8x1/2 2½ 1130 14 3/4x5/8 21/4 1810 21 7!8x3/4 21/2 2710 40 Fig. 70S/Fig. 71 Dimensions • Weights Rod Max Rec. Approx. Size Length Load Lbs. WtJ100 3/8 1½ 610 4 1/2 11/i 1130 6 For rod sizes 5/8 to 1 - consult factory I I'J. IJI. FIG. 70S Fig. 70 - Steel Rod Coupling Fig. 70R - Steel Reducing Rod Coupling Fig. 70S - Short Pattern Steel Rod Coupling Fig. 71 - Steel Window Rod Coupling Size Range - 1/4" thru 1112" rod Material - Carbon Steel Function - Used for coupling two threaded rods together of equal or reduced rod sizes, with or without inspection hole. Finish - Electro-Galvanized Note - Available in HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Fig. 70 Dimensions • Weights OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA, CA 92879 • P11: 951.737.5599 • FAX 951.737.0330 I CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.70'6,5266 www.loko.com Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment Size Range - One size fits bracing pipe 1 thru 2", TOLCO 12 gauge channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" thick. Material - Carbon Steel Function - Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features - This product's design incorporates a concen- tric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.5.8.4 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation - The Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or 4B to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install - Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until set bolt head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals - Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Note - The Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and the Fig. 1001, Fig. 1000, Fig. 2002, Fig. 4A, Fig. 4B or Fig. 4L Pipe Clamp make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the require- ments of Underwriters' Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro Galvanized finish Order By - Figure number and finish - Pat #6,273,372, Pat #6,517,030, Pat #6,953,174, ' Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, ) 4 Pat. #7,669,806 :7 y Lateral Brace Dimensions Weights Max. Design Max. Design A B H* Load Lbs. Load Lbs.** Approx. (cULus) (FM) 51/4 1/6 17/32 2765 2800 132 Available with hole sizes to accommodate up to 3/4 fastener. Consult factory. The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin 0, where 0 is the installation angle measured from the vertical. TOLCO brand bracing components are desgined to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER - NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NIBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92070 • PH: 951 .737.5599 • FAX 951.737 0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 000.706.5266 www.tolco.com ed M Attached are page(s) from the 2014 Hilti North American Product Tech Guide. For complete details on this product, including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion, and spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to the Technical Guide, or contact Hilti. 5400 South 122'j East Avenue Tulsa, OK 74146 1-800-879-6000 Www.hilti.com Material specincations 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.5.4 Installation instructions 3.3.5.5 Ordering information Impact section dog point Nut_ Washer - Red mark Anchor - thread The carbon steel anchor body, nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. The stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to type 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut and washer conform to type 304. Stainless steel expansion sleeve Stainless steel H expansion - sleeve (wedges) It 1 Expansion cone Stainless steel anchor body, nut, washer, and expansion sleeve conform to type 316 stainless steel. ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-.1917 City at Los Angeles Research Report No. 25701 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 throuah 3/4 Listinqs/Aøørovals KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 33.5.1 KWIK Bolt TZ product description 33.521 Product description The KWIK Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque controlled expansion anchor which is especially suited to seismic and cracked concrete applications. This anchor line is available in carbon steel, type 304 and type 316 stainless steel versions. The anchor diameters range from 3/8-, 1/2-, 5/8- and 3/4-inch in a variety of lengths. Applicable base materials include normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, and lightweight concrete over metal deck. Guide specifications Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be KWIK Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A-A 1923A, type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor surrounded by four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: Product features Product and length identification marks facilitate quality control after installation. Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. Type 316 stainless steel wedges provide superior performance in cracked Concrete. Ridges on expansion wedges provide increased reliability. Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application. Raised impact section (dog point) prevents thread damage during installation. Bolt meets ductility requirements of AOl 318 Section Dl. AOl 349-01 Nuclear Design Guide is available. Call Hilti Technical Support. Anchor body = PiáñF q.iéf'fdr Fire Protection Services for 318 throuclh 3/4 ,.;';;";; ........;;.;;;;;;;;;;..,;;.........;.,;;; .... ..;;;;;;;;; Independent code evaluation lBCf IRC® 2012 IBC/ IRCII 2009 lBC/ IRC® 2006 HUll. Im (US) 1-500.8795000 1 www.us.hiltloom I enespaS 1-800-379-5000 1 1-115 (Canada) Corp. 1-800-383-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technicai Guide 20l4 211 3.3.5 KWiK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5.2 Material specifications Carbon steel with electroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads. Anchor diameter (in.) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) 3/8 NA 6.744 1/2 7,419 11,240 6/8 11,465 17,535 3/4 1 17,535 1 25,853 Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from typo 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of type 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter (in.) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) 3/8 5058 6,519 1/2 8,543 12,364 5/8 13,938 19,109 3/4 1 22,481 1 24,729 All nuts and washers are made from type 304 or type 316 stainless steel respectively. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI 618.22.1, Type A, plain. Expansion sleeve (wedges) are made from type 316 stainless steel. 1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a universal tensile machine for quality control at the manufacturing facility. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See tables 4 and 16 for the steel design strengths of carbon steel and stainless steel, respectively. 3.35.3 Technical data The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESH-1917 and the equations within AOl 318-I1 Appendix D. Fora detailed explanation of the Hilt) Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.7. Data tables from ESR-1 917 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.us.hilti.com. 212 HIM, Inc. ius: 1-800-679-8000 1 www.us.hiltLcom I en espñoI 1-0009795000 1 Hilt (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363.4458 1 www.hlltLca 1 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 Figure 1 KWIK Bolt TZ specifications thread 1fJ jdh441f4 KWIK4 Bolt Y'-4Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 1 KWIK Bolt TZ specifications Setting - Nominal anchor diameter d information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal bit diameter d, In. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 - Minimum nominal in. 2-5/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embedment h (mm) (59) (60) (91) (91) (1 1q) (110) (142) Effective minimum in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment (mm) (51) (51) - (83) (79) (102) 1 (95) (121) Mm. hole depth h in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4 (mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) {1') (146) Mm, thickness of fixture t in. 1/8 1/6 n/a 1/8 n/a 1/8 n/a (mm) (3) (3) (3 (3) Max. thickness of fixture - t in. 2-1/4 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 3-5/8 (mm) (57) (101) (70) (143) (121) (117) (92) Installation torque - 7 VIV ft-lb 25 40 60 110 - (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Fixture hole diameter d . 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 (mm) (111) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Available anchor lengths - In 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 15-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/21 10 5-1/2 8 10 6) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) 1 (254) (140) (203) (254) (rnm)(7 Threaded length in, 718 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/813-3/8 4-7/9 1-1/2 2-314 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6 including dog point (mm) (22) (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (178) (38) (70) (133) (171) (36) (102) (152) Unthreaded length in. 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 4 (54) (54) (83) (102) - 1 minimum t0101c0658 01 lixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment. When KWIK Bolt 17 anchors are installed at this embedment, the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete. If the fixture is sufficiently thin, it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque. If fixtures are thin, it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. -leti, Inc. (US)1-aOo-a7 -8O0o 1 www.us.hiltl.com i en espaOoi 1-800-8795000 1 t-liiii (Canada) Corp. 1.800-363-4458 1 wwmhilti.ca i Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 213 3.3.5 KWK Boat TZ Expansion Anchor Table 2 Hilt) KWK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in uncracked concrete 430 Tension - ON, Shear 4V, Nominal Effective Nominal anchor embed embed. J' 2500 psi J' 3000 psi f 4000 psi J', 6000 psi f' 2500 psi f'. 3000 psi /' 4000 psi /'. 6000 psi diameter in. (mm) is. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)' lb (kN) lb )kN) lb (kN) lb )kN) lb )kN) 2 2-5/16 1,635 1,790 2,070 2,535 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 3j8 (51) (7.3) (80) (92) (11.3) (10.6) (116) (13.4) (164) 2 2-3/8 2,205 2,415 2,790 3,420 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.2) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 112 / 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,565 3,925 4,535 5,555 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) - (15.9) (17.5) (202) (24.7) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 (79 (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) - (640) 5 / 4 4-7/16 5,945 6,510 7,520 9,210 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (26.4) (29.0) (33.5) (41,0) (59.8) (65.5) (756) (92,6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,380 5,895 6,810 8,340 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 (95) (110) (23.9) (26.2) (30.3) (37.1) 54.3) (595) (68.6) (84.1) / 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,940 7,605 8,780 10,755 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) (142) (30.9) (33.8) (39.1) (47.8) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 3 Hilt) KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete/ pullout failure in cracked concrete '2'3'4•5 Tension - 4Nn Shear - Nominal Effective Nortinal anchor embed embed J = 2500 psi J 3000 psi / = 4000 psi f 6000 psi / 2500 psi f 3000 psi f = 4000 PSI F 6000 PSI diameter in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2 2-5/16 1,475 1,615 1,865 2,285 1,685 1,845 2.130 2,605 3/8 (51) (59) (6.6) (7.2) 8.3) (10.2) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1.845 2,130 2,605 (51) (60( (1.0) (7.6 (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,195 3,500 4,040 4.950 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.2) (15.6) (18.0) (22.0) (31-0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6575 7,200 8,315 10,185 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 5/8 4 4-7/16 4,420 4,840 5,590 6,845 9,320 10.430 12.040 14,750 (102) (113) (19.7) (21.5) (24.9) (30.4) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 4,010 4,395 5,075 6,215 8,640 9,465 10,930 13,390 (95) (11, G) (17.8) (19.5) (22.6) (27.6) (38.4) (42.1) (48.6) (59.6) 3/4 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39,4( (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) 1 See section 3.1.7.3 to convert desiqn strength value to ASD value. TTT2..i 'fi6tn:.emdment depths and concr8t ornpresive stren5s isnot permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 11 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser cithe-velues-istebe used for . ... ....... ................ .............. ........ . ............... ...'. .. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by t as follows: sand-Iigltw.eight,.A.= 0.68•..farailn1ightweight, A, 0,130 n -letsular values-arefor-statie'-loads-only. For seismic-loads, "075'" '"' See. section 3.1.7.4 for additional information on seismic applications. 214 I+lli, Inc. (US) 1-000-879-8000 1 www.ue.hitti.com I en español 1-81)0-879-5000 1 Huh (Canada) Cop. 1-800-303-4468 1 wwwiiiitl.ca I Anchor FasiPfiinq Technical Guide 2014 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 4 Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors' .2 Nominal anchor Tensil& (pl., Shear Seismic shears diameter lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 4,875 2,335 1,465 3/8 (21.7) (10.4) (6.5) 8,030 3,570 3,570 1/2 (35.7) (15.9) (15.9) 12,880 5.260 4,940 5/8 (57.3) (23.4) (22.0) 18,840 8,890 7,635 3/4 (83.8) (39.5) (34.0) 1 See section 3.1.7.3 to convert design strength value to ABC value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile = A as noted in ACt 318 Appendix D. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with 0 < s 0.60 1 as noted in ACt 318 Appendix D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with < p 0.60 A ç as noted in ACt 318 Appendix D. See section 3.1.7.4 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted in shaded area 0 --- Case 1Case1 Concrete Edge For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows; c2 edge distance c ( ' .1 rin.2. ______)-s_ ~ + (C — c,,,2) \C.1 C21 .5 c..ats CL c5ats 2 Table 5 — KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel installation parameters' Setting Nominal anchor diameter 3/8 1i2 5/8 3/4 - information Symbol Units Effective minimum in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3.3/4 4.3/4 embedment (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) Mm. member thickness hfl in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 () /02) _(127) (102) _(152) (152) _(203) (127) (152) _(203) (152) _p03) J2L in. 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 4.3/4 4-1/8 (mm) (64) (70) (60) JL (83) (121) ..i12L Case I for ° 5 5'34 5-3/4 6-118 5-7/8 10-1/2 8-7/8 S2. (mm) (127) (146 56l (149) (267) _) in. 3-518 4.1/8 3-1/2 4.3/4 4.1/4 9-1/2 7-3/4 Cfl2 (mm) 92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (197) a for i1 2 1/2 23/4 2-3/8 1/' 3 5 4 (mm) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) _( L 1 Linear interpolao s permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance C where c <c <C.2 will determine the permissible spacings Hal, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.tititi.com I en espanoi 1-800-e79-5000 1 tillS )Canada) Corp. 1-800-303-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Ancho FasTening Technical Guide 2014 215 Systems KWIK Solt TZiExpansion Anchor Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in, diameter carbon steel KWIK Bolt 12 in uncracked concrete12 Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. Spacing distance Spacing thickness factor factor in factor ± Toward factor in 3/8-in, KB-TZ CS in tension tension in shear' edge II To edge shear uncracked concrete fM f ta,, fl,j 'iv Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. h 1 (mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed. h,,, (mm) (59) (59) )59 () () 2-1/2 (64) 0.71 0,60 0.80 3 0.60 0.49 An/a (76) 0.75 0.69 0.690 0.62 0.64 3-1J2 (89) 0.79. 0.80 0.81_ o 0.64 0.81 3-5/8 (92) 0.80 0.83 0.65 0.85 0.85 E 4 (102) 0.83 0.91 .1 0.67 . 0.99 0.99 0.81 4-1/2 (1 14) 0.88 1.00 0.69 1.00 1.00 0.86 5(127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 V 5-1/2(140) 0.96 0.73 0.95 6 (152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 7 (178) 0.79 .., 0 8 (203) 0.83 9 (229) 0.87 10 (254) 0.91 0 11 (279) 0.95 12 _(305) 1.00 Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in, diameter carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete 1,2 Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. Spacing distance Spacing thickness factor factor in factor .L Toward factor in 3/8-in. KS-TZ CS in tension tension in shear' edge II To edge shear' cracked concrete f f . f . f f HV Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. h(mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2.5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed. h, (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) , 2.1/2(64) 0.71 0.87 0.60 0.49 0.87 n/a 3(76) 0.75 . 1.00 0.62 0.65 1.00 n/a 3.1/2(89) 0.79 1.00 0.65 0.82 . 100 n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.80 1.00 0.65 0.86 1.00 n/a 4(102) 0.83 0.67 1.00 0.82 4-1/2_(114) 0.88 0.69 1.00 0.87 ' 5(127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 5.1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.96 W. ) 6(152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 7(178) 0.79 8(203) 0.83 "• 9(229) .... 0.87 .. 10 254) 0.92 a 11 (279) 0.96 cn - (305)------.'---- ----- ---------'1.00 --' '--''_ 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. -----2 -When combining multipI Iod justmenttecto(e:g;1or 48hffdr p8tt6flff ....... ____ member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software...orperform anchor cal at . ................,.... .3 .SpingJactoreduction-ni chear,f.-assumes an-influence 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. It no edge exists, then = 1.0. E:J If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate pemiissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 216 Hilt, llor. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hSti.com I enespanoll-aoo879-5000 1 Kill (canadaCorp. 1-800363-4458 1 www.hiltLca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 W! Mechanical Ancfä) C .a-. nayS 44 4 Table 8- Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter carbon sti KWIK RrIt 17 in ,inrrnr'k,I ,'n.-h,1.2 Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness i. toward edge II to edge 1/2-in. KB-TZ Cs in tension factor in tension in shear' factor in shear4 uncracked concrete fAN fw f. Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1J4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed. h, (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 35/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed. hwn (mm( (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (82) 1 (60) (92) )$0( (82) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 041 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/ 212 (64) n/a 0.63 n/a 0.42 n/a 8.53 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.28 n/a n/a 23/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.62 0.55 0.51 0.16 0,1 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 0.55 0.55 8.18 0.55 0.37 n/a j/ 3-1/2 (891 0.79 0.68 0.64 1 0.51 0.86 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0,83 0.71 8.73 1 0.56 0.68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0,56 0.84 n/a - 41j8 (105) 0,84 0.71 0.75 0.57 0.68 057. 0.75 030 075 0,57 0.85 n/a -n E .4. ,1(114) 0.88 013 0.82 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 0.67 0.94 n/a . .5-1/2 (140( 0,96 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.46 1.00 1 0.73 0198 n/a L. 5.3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.60 0.49 0.77 1.00 n/a (152) 1.00 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 0.66 j 7 (178) 0.86 0.93 0.31 0.63 0.66 0.93 0.71 . (203) 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 0.81 1.00 0.76 (229) _______ 0.116 _______ _______ 0.89 0.68 0.97 OAT- 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0168 1.00 0.85 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 ______ 0.89 CIS 12 (305) _______ ______ ______ 1.00 0.72 ______ 0.93 0) 14 (356) ______ 0.75 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) - '20 (508) 0.86 Table 9 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter crbnn staf KWIK Rntt 19 in 1/2-in. KB-TZ CS cracked concrete Spacing fader in tension Edge distance factor in tension Spacing factor in .shear' fAV Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness factor in shear' fHV I toward edge (Ito edge to,, Effective in, embed. hni (mm) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3.1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 3.1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) Nominal in. embed. hren (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2.3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.68 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a ,,,,,n/a 2.12 (64) n/a 0$3 1 n/a 0.65 1 n/a 0.55 ri/a 0.14 n/a 0.29 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 1 0.93 0.68 0.62 055 1 0.62 0.16 n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.53 0.5 0.71 0.19 1.00 n/a 0.79 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.65 0.56 0.89 024 1,80 n/a 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 1.00 0.86 0.68 0.57 1.00 0.29 1.00 0.93g O,47 Enn . ~a 4'l/B (105) 0.84 0.71 1.08 0.88 0.68 0.58 1.00 0.30 1,80 n'a (114) 0.88 0.73 0.94 0.70 0.58 0.34 n/a 5 (1271 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.72 0.59 840 0.81 0.94 n/a . 5-11,2 (1AO) 0.96 018 0.74 0.60 0.47 0.93 1 0.98 n/a ..-. 5-3/4 1146) 0.98 0.79 - 0.75 0.60 0.50 1.00 1.00 n/a a) 6 (152) 100 W ______ 0.81 ______ 0.76 0.61 ______ 0.53 1.00 0.86 i 7 (178) 0.86 0.81 0.63 0.67 0.71 ' . 8 (203) 0.91 . . . . 0.85 0.65. . 0.62 0.76 .9. (229) 0.96 0.98 066 O.98 0.81 10 (264) 1.00 0.94 0.68 leO 0.85 .5 11 J2 79) 0.98 0.70 0.90 (305 ...... '07'" """'ff"---------- .J) ............:14 (358) " .00 16 (406) 0.79 .0.76 .1 - >20 (508) '1 Uiear 1r1t8fpoaticn not pa milled 2 When )dd Sfltors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner wIth thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PRQFiS.Anchor Design software or perform, anchor calculation using design equations from ACt 318 'Appendix D. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f,, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then I = 11. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then It a reduction factor value Is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a. certain spacing (or vice versa). Check wth table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate pormdsable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Ritir, inc. (US) 18OO-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en espaicl 1-800.8795000 1 Hiti (Canads) Corp. 1-&lQ-363-445s I wWwjnitti,ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 217 a3.5 Mechanical Anchoring systems 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 10 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter carbon teI KWIK g€it 17 in iinrrraekd nrm'rAt&.S Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness .. toward edge If to edge 5/8-0, K6-TZ CS in tension factor in tension in shears factor in shear" uncracked concrete /14N [iv lee ISV IS? Effective in. 3-1j8 4 3=1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. h5 (trim) (79) (102) (7 6) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in, 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/18 embed, h. (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 1 (90) (113) (90) (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a i/a 31/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/1 0.46 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.34 n/a n/a 3.1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 0,48 0.57 0.56 ri/a 0.19 n/a 0.38 n/a n/a ID 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.60 0.48 0.57 1 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.40 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.64 0.51 0.58 1 0.56 032 0.2,3 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.87 0.53 0.58 0.57 0.35 0.26 0.67 0.51 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.70 0.56 0.59 0.57 0.35 0.28 0.70 0.56 n/a n/a E 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 0.73 0.58 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.30 1 0.73 0.58 1 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.77 1 0.71 0.77 1 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.77 0.60 0.63 n/a . 5.1(2 (140) 0.79 1 0.73 0.85 0.64 0.61 1 0.59 0.52 0.38 0.85 0.64 0.66 n/a . 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.90 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.42 0.90 0.67 0.68 n/a 6 ' 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.92 0.69 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.92 , 0.69 0.69 0.62 a > 51/8 (156) 083 078 094 070 062 060 0131 044 094 070 089 062 , II (20.3) 0.93 0.83 1.00 0.91 0.86 0.83 0.91 0.66 1.00 0.91 0.79 0.71 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 .0 14 )356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 16 406) 0.81 0.75 .00 0) 18 (457) 0.85 0.78 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 - 24 (610) 0.97 0.88 Table 11 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in, diameter carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked ccncrte1'2 Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness I toward edge (Ito edge 5/8-in. KB-TZ CS in tension factor in tension in shearu factor in shear' cracked concrete ISV JAY IS, lee Effective in 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. h, (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) 102) (79) (102) Nominal in 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3=9/16 4-7,16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3.9/16 4-7/16 embed. h,5, (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (11:3) (90) (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 1 0.66 n/a 1 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.35 n/a n/a 3-112 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.69 0.57 1 0.56 n/a . 0.19 n/a 0.39 n/a n/a s 3,5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.83 0.71 '0.57 0.56 n/a 4 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.41 n/a (102) 0.71 0.67 0.139 0.75 '0.55 0.56 0.33 0.24 0.65 0.47 ' n/a n/a C 4.1/4 1108) 0.73 0.68 0.93 0.78 0.58 0.57 ' 026 . 0.26 0.71 0.52 n/a n/a 412 (114) ......0.74 .:'0 097 0.81 0.28 0.78 0.56 n/a n/a m E 4-3/4 (121) , 0.75 0.70 . 1.00 0.84 0.59 0.58 0.42 021 0,84 0.61 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.87 . 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a o .0 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.93 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 . 1.00 0.76 0.66 n/a . 5-7/8 (149) 0.91 0.74 0.98 0,62-- 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.84 0.88 n/a 6 (152) 0.92 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.59--..0:57......0:39'- . 0.60 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.6 a t3 61/8 (156) 083 076 082 160 062 045 089 069 062 .) 8 (203' 093 083 066 083 092 067 tOO 079 071 10 284) 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.03 0.89 0.80 12 (305) 1.00 ' 0.74 0.69 100 0.97 0,87 .0 14 (356) 0.78 0.94., Cz 0.72 1.00 15 (406 052 375 (/) 113 (457) 0.85 0.79 -.-=039- :,,.082,..' 22 )559) 0.93 0.85 218 'SIll. Inc. (US) 1-800-879.8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en espafiol 1-800. 979-5000 1 hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 >24 (610) 0.97 0.88 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in acornCr with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use HitS PROMS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Appendix D. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f, aasurnes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then /.AV = f. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor In shear, f, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, than = 1.0. E If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permiseabla edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations, 5)ysteins KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.35 Table 12 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete',' 3/4-in. KB-TZ CS uncracked concrete Spacing factor in tension Edge distance factor in tension Spacing factor in shearn Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness factor in Sheari f ,L toward edge ,f Ito edge j Effective in. embed. hr (mm) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) Nominal in. embed, h,, (min) 4-5/16 (1 10) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/16 ill 10) 5-9/16 (142) 4 (102) n/a 0.64 n/a n/a 0.56 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/8 (105) n/a 0.64 - n/a n/a 0.56 n/a 0.21 n/a 0.41 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.66 (tlo(N n/a n/a n/a 0.56 n/a 0.24 n/a 0.47 n/a n/a 4-3/4 1, 12 n/a 0,67 0.49 n/a 0.57 0.35 0.26 0.49 0.51 n/a n/8 5 (127) 0J2 0.68 0.51 0.59 0.57 0.38 0,28 0.51 0.55 n/a n/a g 5-1(2 (140) 0.74 0.69 0.55 0.65 0.60 0.58 0,43 0.32 0.55 0.4 n/a n/3 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 0.60 0.69 0.60 0,58 0.49 0.36 0.60 0.69 0.65 n/a -o' E 7 (178) 0.81 0.75 0.70 0.78 0.62 0.60 0.62 0.46 0.70 0.78 0.70 n/a - 7-3/4 (197) 0.84 0.77 0.78 0.86 0.63 0.61 0.72 0.53 0.78 0.86 0.73 n/a 7 8 (203) 0.86 0.76 0.80 0.89 0.64 0.61 0.76 0.56 0.80 0.89 0.75 0.67 8-7/8 (225) 0.89 0.81 0.89 0.99 0.65 0.63 0.89 0.65 0.89 0.99 0.78 0.71 9-1/2 (241) 0.92 0.83 0.95 1.00 0.66 0.63 0.99 0.72 0.98 1.00 0.61 0.73 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 1.00 - 0.67 0.64 1.00 0.78 tOO 0.93 0.75 10-t12 (267) 0.97 0.87 0.66 0.65 0.84 0.85 0.77 E 12 (305) 1.00 092 0.71 0.67 1.00 0.91 0.82 14 (356) 0.99 0.74 0.70 0.99 0.89 16 (406) 1.00 0.78 0.73 1,00 0.95 to 18 457) 0.81 0.75 20 (508) 0.85 0.75 22 )559) 0.88 0.81 - 5 24 (610) 0.92 0.84 Table 13 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in, diameter carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete'-' 3/4-in. KB-TZ CS cracked concrete Spacing factor in tension Edge distance factor in tension /,,, Spacing factor in shear5 f,,, Edge distance in shear Cone. thickness factor in shear .i toward edge like edge Effective in embed. hr1 (mm) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 )95) 4-3/4 (121) 33/4 (95) 43/4 (121) Nominal fl embed. (mm) 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/18 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4.5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/19 (141) 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (141) 4-5/16 (110) 5-9/16 (142) 4 (102) n/a 0.64 n/a n/a n/a .0.56 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a fl/a 4-1/8 (1 05) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.69 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.21 n/a 0.42 ri/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.66 n/a 0.73 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.24 n/a 0.48 n/a n/a 4.3/4 (121) n/a 6.67 0,88 0.75 n/a 0.57 9.35 0.26 0.70 0.52 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.72 0.68 0.91 0.77 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.76 0.56 n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.74 0.59 0.95 0.83 0.60 0.58 0.44 0.32 0.87 0.64 n/a n 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 1.00 0.88 0.60 0.59 0.50 0.37 1.00 0.73 0.65 /a .5,5 7 (1 T8) 0.81 0-15 0.70 n/a ( ' 7-3/4(197) 0.84 0.77 1,00 1.00 0.64 0.61 0.73 0.54 1.00 1.00 0,74 11/5 '7 8(203) 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.64 0.61 0.77 0.56 1.00 0.75 067 8-7/8)225( 0.89 0.81 1.00 0.65 0.63 0.90 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.71 9.1/2(241) . .0.92 083 1.00 0.64 0.99 0.73 1,00 oi1" 0.74 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 0.67 0.64 1,00 0.79 0.46......1.00.......092 0.64 0.75 10-1/2(267) 097 0.87 AM .......0.99......062----06C----0.63 .0.67 0.68 0.65 0.85 0.86 0.77 12 ___)305) 1.00 0.92 071 0.67 1.00 0.83 14 0.99 0.74 0.70 0.99 0.89 16 (406) 1.00 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.95 0. (9(457) 0.91 0.75 .0.92 1.00 ..- :20 0.85 0.78 22 (559) 0.88 0.81 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e p tom a 4anc6or pattern ns corner Witt% ties concrete member) the design can become vey conservative 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then 1,,,, = I,,,,. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fe,,,,, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f,, 1:0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certa/n spacing (or vice versa). Check with table and figure 2 of this section to calculate pernuissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. H8i, Inc. (US) 1-800-8798000 1 www.us.hitti.com I en eapatol 1 -800-879-5000 1 dlii (Canada) Corp. 1-800.363-4458 I www.hfltica I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 219 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 14 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel desinn strenath with concrete / oullout failure in iincra'kr1 nrr4f&2-.4 Tension - pN Shear Nominal Effective Nominal anchor embed embed f = 2500 pi I = .3000 psi = 4000 psi f = 6000 psi f 2500 psi f = 3000 psi = 4000 psi I = 6000 psi diameter in, (mm) in. (mm) lb 11cN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb {kN) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,710 1,875 2,160 2,650 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (7.6) (8.3) (9.6) (11.8) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2 2-3/8 1,865 2,045 2,360 2,890 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 1 (51) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) (12.9) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,745 4,100 4,735 51800 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (16.7) (18,2) (21.1) (25.8) (43.8) (48.0) )55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4:310 4.720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 5/8 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 4 4-7/16 6,240 6,835 7,895 9,665 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (27.8) (30.4) (35.1) (43.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3.3/4 45/16 5,665 6,205 7,165 8,775 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 314 (95) (110) (25.2) (27.6) (31.9) (39.0) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 7,825 8,575 9.900 12,125 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 ______ (121) (142) (34.8) (38.1) (44.0) 1 (53.9) (77.4) (84.7) (97,9) (119.9) Table 15 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel design strenath with concrete / Duhlout failure in cracked r.nnrpt 1.2''4' Tension - Shear - Nominal Effective Nominal anchor embed, embed. f 2500 psi f, 3000 psi f' = 4000 psi f' = 6000 psi f', - 2500 psi f = 3000 psi f = 4000 psi f = 6000 psi diameter in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb )kN) 2 2-5/16 1,520 1,665 1,925 2,355 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 3/8 (51) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2 2-3/8 1,750 1,915 21210 2,710 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (7.8) (8.5) (9.8) (12.1) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 12 3*4 3-5/8 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.4) (15.8) (18,2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,18.5 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 5/8 4 4-7/16 3,795 4,160 4,800 5,880 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (16.9) (18.5) (21.4) (26.2) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 .5,270 5,775 6,670 8,165 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 (95) 110 (23.4) (25.7) (29.7) (36.3) (54.3) (59.6) (68.6) (84.1) 3/4 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (11) (142) (25.4) (27.9) 1 ... (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0).. (69.3) (84.9) 1 See section 3.1.7.3 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment d pjhAgrj4,OQqTqte SqMp ............:.Apply spacIng:ge•dietnbo, a6d::roncrete thicMess factors ih tables 18 to..2545 ñeces4ä Compaèto thestee) va;ues in table 1: . The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. = Wdigt ë't I 6f1i ...===----......... for sand-lightweight, A = 0.68; for all-lightweight, A., = 0.60 .................are 220 Hilti, inc. (US) 1-800.679-8000 1 www.us.hiitt.com I en espatol 1-800-879-5000 1 I1itI (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hiltLea i Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 1 4:i.i Table 16 - Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors'.' Nominal anchor Tensile3 4)N a Shea 4)V Seismic shear1 4)V, diameter lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 4,475 3,070 1,835 3/8 (19.9) (13.7) (8.2) 8,665 4.470 4,470 1/2 (38.5) (19.9) (19,9) 13,410 6,415 6,080 5/8 (59.7) (28.5) (27.0) 18,040 10.210 8,380 3/4 (80.2) (45.4) (37.3) 1 See section 3.1.7.3 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile 4)N, 4) A f as noted in ACI 318 Appendix C. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with 4)V, < 4) 0.60 A L as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4) 4) 0.60 Ae as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. See section 3.1.7.4 for additional information on Seismic applications. IaU Figure 3 ,,..,. Anchors not permitted '- in shaded area Case 2 Case I s Concrete Edge For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: (s. -s. ) I) s a imp.+ (c - C) (C - c 12) . c,,,, at s,,,, 11 1 1! 2 at edge dstance C Table 17 - Stainless steel KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' Setting Nominal anchor diameter d 3/8 1/2 5/8 - 3/4 information Units Effective minimum in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4.3/4 embedment' ° (mm) (51) (51) 83) . 179) (102) (95) (121) in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 Mm. member thickness h _... J!1L (102) (127) (2) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) In, 2-1(2 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 4 Case 1 _3_ (64 (73) (54) JL (60) (108 .J12L for in. 5 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 10 8-1/2 (mm) (127) (146 _(133( (140) (140 (254) (216) in. 3-1/2 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 9-1/2 7 C—.2 ....—(89)----------(1-7-- ..... ...........for ld 24/4 ..... . 57)j :.......:.: 22:3/8..................5 .(70)........(50(_......... 102). 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Me I4116, Inc, (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hiiti.com I eespañoI1-8OO-879-50O0 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4454 1 www.htltica I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 221 3.35 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 18 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in, diameter stainless steel KWIK Bolt TZ In uncracked concrete',' Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. Spacing distance Spacing thickness factor factor in factor .L toward factor in 3/8-1n. KB-TZ SS in tension tension in shear' edge II to edge shear" uncracked concrete AV ISV IflV IVy Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. he (mm) )51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5,16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed. h (mm) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) (59) 2-1/4 (57) 069 n/a 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.71 0.60 0.60 0.49 0.60 n/a 3 (76) 0,75 0.69 0.62 0.64 0.69 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.80 0.64 0.81 0.81 n/a 4 (102) 0.83 0.91 0.67 0.99 0.99 081 4-1/2 (1 14) 0.88 1.00 0.69 1.00 1.00 0.86 ' 5 (127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.95 6 (152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 Q (178) -X .,J 0.79 8 (203) 0.83 9 (229) 0.87 10 (254) 0.91 11 (279) 0.95 00 12(305) 1.00 Table 19 - Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8-in. Diameter Stainless Steel KWIK Bolt TZ in Cracked Concrete"2 Edge Edgedistanceinshear Conc. Spacing distance Spacing thickness factor factor in factor .1. toward factor in 3/8-in. 1(5-17 SS in tension tension in shear' edge H to edge shear' cracked concrete f,, J`PN fl, fRv few frlv Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed.(mm) (51) (51) (51) 51) 51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed, h(mm) 59) (59) (59) (59) (59( (59) , 2-1/4)5) 0.69 n/a 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2(64) 0.71 0.87 0,60 0,49 0.87 n/a g 3(76) 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.65 1.00 n/a 3-1/2(89) 0.19 1.00 0.65 0.82_ 1.00 4(l02) 0.83 0.67 1,00 0.82 ' 4-1/2(114) 0.83 - 0.69 0.87 7 5 (12 7) 0.92 0.71 0.91 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.96 6(152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 7(178) 0.79 . 8(203) 0.83 9.......(229) .6 10 (254) 0.g CL (279) __________ __________ .o:_ 0.96 _________ 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. ad.adjuatmenl faetore.(eg-for-a4anotwrpatterivirs.e.cernenwith1hlrt-concrete-member)4he'-" '" design can become very c0nse'ative. To optimize the design use Hilt PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318 Appendix D. Spacng latr rc JL ctr0 ih'thear f. a§ 6 #è656rillucnce 4 oirthicess r85uc9on tactor Win abef assumes Sri Intluence of anearby edge if no edge exists then f1 - If reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not bepemlltted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Cheek with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissabie edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 222 Hilt!, Inc (US) 1-800-B79-8000 I www.us.lslti.com I en español 1.800-879-5000 1 HiS (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 w.hIIti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 MEL KWK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.35 Table 20 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in, diameter stainless steel KWI}< Bait TZ in uncrackAd ctncrnt 1/24n. KB-TZ 83 uncracked concrete Spacing factor in tension Edge distance factor in tension Spacing factor in shear' Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness factor in shear' /55 3. toward edge ((to ado Effective 'fl embed. ' (mm) 2 (51) 3.1/4 (83) 2 (.51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (63) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) Nominal in. embed. h (torn) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2 (51L /a 0.60 n/a n/S n/a 0.54 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/8 (54) n/a 0.61 nLet 0.39 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2.7/8 (73) 0.74 0.65 0.53 0.45 0.63 0.55 053 0.17 0.53 0.35 n/a n/a 3 76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 055 0,55 0.19 0.55 0.37 n/3 3-1/4 (83) 0.77 0.67 0.59 0.49 0.64 0.56 0.59 0.21 0.59 0.42 n/a g 3.1/2 )89) 0.79 1 0.68 0.64 0.51 0.65 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a 4 (1 02) 0.83 0.71 0.73 0.56 0,68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0.56 0.84 n/a --- E fii (l'S) 0.88 073 052 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 067 0.94 n/a .5 5-74 (133) 0.94 0.77 0.95 0.70 0,73 0.80 0.95 0.43 0.95 070 0.96 n/a 5-l2 (140) 0.96 0.78 1.00 1 0.73 . 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.46 1.00 0.73 0.98 'th ' 6 (1521 1.00 0.81 080 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 1.00 0.66 7 (1 7D 0.86 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.68 0.93 0.71 ' . 8 (203) 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 081 1.00 0.76 0.96 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 Ii (278) 0.88 0.70 12 (305) - 1.00 0.72 0.93 14 (358) 0.75 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 - 20 (508) 0.813 Table 21 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in, diameter stainless steel KWIK Bolt 12 in cracked concretet-2 Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness j. toward edge (Ito edge 152-in. KB-TZ SS in tension factor in tension in shear3 factor in shear4 cracked concrete Isv______ f", Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 ' 3-1/4 2 3.1/4 2 31/4 embed. h, (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/6 2-3/8 3-5/8 2.3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed. h, (mm) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2 (51) n/a 0.60 ri/a n/a n/a 0.54 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/8 (54) n/a 0.61 n/a 0.60 n/a 0,54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.22 . n/a na 2-7/8 (73) 0.74 0.65 0.97 0.70 0.60 0.55 0.47 0.18 0.94 0.35 n/a n/a 3 (78) 075 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.60 055 0.50 0.19 1.00 0.38 n/a n/a 31/4 (83) 0.77 1167 1.00 0.75 1 0.61 0.56 056 0.21 1.00 0.42 n/a n/a g 3-1/2 (p9) 0.73 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.52 . 0.56 0.63 0.24 1 1.00 0.47 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.83 oil 1,00 0.86 ... 0.64.........0.57 0.77 0.29 11.00---0.58 0.75 n/a t E 4-112 (1141 0.88 0.73 1.00 0.94 0.66 0.58 0.92 0.34 1.00 0.69 0.79 n/a 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.67 0.59 1.00 0.40 0.81 0.84 n/a .E 5-74 (133) 0,94 0.77 0.68 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.86 n/a (140) 0.96 018 .......... Q-696 0.60 0.47 0.93 1 0.88 n/a 6 (152) 1,00 0.81 0.71 0.61 0.53 1.00 0.92 0.66 7 (178) . 0.86 0.74 0.63 0.67 0.99 0.71 70 3 .. (203) 0.91 0;78 0.65 82 13,76 (229) 0.96 0:81....0:66 1l 98 0.81 10 (254) 1.00 ______ 055 0.68 - 1.00 ______ ______ ______ 055 11 (279) .0.88 0.70 0.90 12 13 5) ''.'0/92_.:'0.72 _____ _____ _____ 0.99 0.76 1.00 ..0Q. 0.63 -, 0.88 I, Linear Worpolot~on rri rrntle.t .-,..-.- ...... ... 2 When combining multipte 3a0 adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern In a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very cofiservative. To ootImie the des _n, use H °ROFtS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design eouations fromACI 38 Appendix D. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear. 1w' assumes on liltlsance of a nearby edge. It no edge exists., than f f 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f, assumes on influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cat, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa) Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permisable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations Huh, Inc. (US) 1-600-879-8000 1 www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1 -800-363-4458 I www,tiilti,ca I Ancflor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 223 Macnanical Anchoring Systenis 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt .. Expansion Anchor Table 22 Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in, diameter stainless steel KWIK Bolt 17 in unrkd nnnrmt&2 Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness toward edge It to edge 5/8-in, KB-T SS in tension factor in tension in shear3 factor in shear, uncracked concrete IIN 'vs isv I v______ Ins Is> Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. h. (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79( (11 02) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-0/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 39/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed, n, (mmj (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 2.3/8 (60) n/a 0.60 n/a 0.39 n/a 0,54 n/a D.t 1 n/a 0.21 m's n/a 2.3/4 (70) 0.65 0.61 n/a 0.41 0.55 054 1 ri/a 0.13 1 n/a 0.27 1 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.66 0.63 n/a 0.43 0.56 0.55 n/a 0.15 n/a 0.30 1 n/-a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.67 0.54 0.51 0.45 0.56 0.55 . 0.24 0,17 0.47 0.34 n/a n/ 3-1/2 . 189) 0.69 0.65 0.54 .0.47 0.57 0.56 0.26 0.19 0:53 0.38 2/a n/a 4 (102) . 0.71 . 0.67 0.59 0.51 0.58 0.56 0:32. 0.23 0.59 0.47 n/a n/a 4.1,2 (114) 0.74 0,69 0.65 0.55 0.59 0.57 0.35 0.28 0.65 0.55 n/a n/a - 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.71 0.59 0.60 0.55 0.45 0.33 0.71 0.59 0.53 n/a . 5-1,' (140) 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.52 1 0.38 0.79 1 0.63 0.66 n/a ,. 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.68 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.86 0.68 0.69 0.62 6 7 (178) 0.87 0.79 1.00 0.79 0.64 0.61 0.75 0.54 1.00 0.79 0.74 0.67 cn a) - 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.90 0.68 0.63 0.91 0.66 0.90 0.79 0.71 . 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 . 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 12 (305) 1,00 0.74 0.69 1,00 0.97 0.87 14 (356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 16 (406) 1.00 '18 (457) 0.85 0.713 0) 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0. 93 0.85 >24 (610) 1 0.97 0.88 Table 23 Load adiustment factors for 5/8-in, diameter stainless steel KWIK Bolt 17 in ciririkod inn'rofo'2 Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness .i. toward edge 11to edge 5/8-in. KB-TZ SS in tension factor in tension in shear> factor in shear' cracked concrete I,,> las, lay______ Isv 'as' isv Effective in, 3-1/8 4 3.1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. hs, (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (302) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3.9/16 4.7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3.9/16 4.7/16 3.9/16 4-7/16 embedh..ym (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 2-3/8 160) 0.60 re 0.57 n/a 0.54 n/a 011 fl/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2.3/4 (70) n/a 0.61 n/a 1 0.61 n/a 0.4 n/a . 0.13 1 n/a 1 0.27 ills n/a W 0.63 n/a 0.64' 0.56 0.55 n/a 0.15 n/a 0.31 n/a as 3. V4 (831 0.64 0,77 0.66 0.56 0.55 0.24 0.17 0.48 0.35 n/a n/a 3 (76)ROM 31/2 . (89)0.65 0.81 0.69 0.57 0.56 0.27 .1)39 033 0.39 (102). 0.67 0.89 0.75 n/a 4 0.58 0.56 0.330.24 0.65 0.47 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.69 0.97 0.81 0.59 0.57 0.39 0.28 0.78 0.56 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.71 1.00 0.87 0.60 . 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a .5 51/2 (140) 0.79 073 093 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 1.80 0.76 0.66 ri/a 6 (152) 0.62 0.75 1,00 0.62 1 0.60 0.50 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.62 7 (178) 0.87 0.79 0.64 0.61 0.75 0.55 1.00 0.74 0.67 8 (203) 0.93 8.83 0.66 0.63 0.92 0.67 0,79 0.71 , ID )254} 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.93 0.89 0.80 12 (305) 1.00 8.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 14 (356) 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.94 C 16 (406) 0;82 07 1.00 " 0) 20 (508) 0.80 0.82 22 (559) 0.95 " 085...... 0.85 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2'---When combining rnuithpletoa&adjustrnentfactorse.gtora4'ancnorpotternln wccirnir Gan become ser Got isei vi)(" To optimize the design, use Hilt) PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from AC) 318 Appendix D. 3Spacing factor reduction in shear, f 5. assumes an mt uerice.ofanearby.edge...(t .age its/anf ..i...................................... ............................................... 4Concrete thickness reductior fiqfp .ahaar. f,.aaa esan,influence oLa.nearby..ede. If nu,adge.exisw..then f . 1.0................................................................. IF a reduction factor value is ina shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 17 arid (19we 3 of this section to calcUlate permissabie edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness ccirnbinati6ns. 224 Hilt'. inc. (Us) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.us.hiltl.com I en espatcii 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilt) (Canada) Corp. 1-800363-4458 1 www.hilti.ca i Anchor Favtnning rechflcai Guide 2014 KWJJ( Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 24 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. dinitir stainlas sfeI KWII( Pinit T7 in Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc, thickness I toward edge 11to edge 3/4-in. K8-TZ Cs in tension factor in tension in shearu factor in shear4 uncracked concrete fAN fAN f,.______ If',_______ IC>______ Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. h',, (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/18 5-9(16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5t16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed. h,,,., (nim) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) 1 (110) (142) 4 (IO2) ri/a 0.64 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.20 n/a 0.40 n/a ri/a w 4-1/4 (1 08( n/a 0.65 0.46 0.56 n/a 0.56 0.29 1 0.22 0.46 0.43 -n/a n/s 4-12 (1 14) n/a 0.66 0.45 0.57 n/a 0.56 0.32 0.24 0.48 0.47 n/a n/a 5 (177) 072 068 051 861 059 057 038 028 051 055 n/a n/a 0 5.12 (140) 0.74 0.69 0.55 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.43 0.32 0.55 0.64 n/a n/a 6 (152) 0.77 0,71 0.60 0.69. 0.60 0.58 0.49 '0.36 0.60 .0.69 0.65 111/a 7 (178) 0.81 0.75 070 0.78 0,62 0.60 0.62 8.46 0.70 0.78 0.70 n/a 9 £ - 8 (203) 0.86 0.78 0.80 0.89 0.64 0.61 0.76 0.56 0.80 0.89 0.75 0.67 .,. 1229) 0.90 0.82 0.90 1.00 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.67 0.91 1.00 0.79 0.71 9-112 (241) 0.92 0.83 0.95 0.66 0.63 0.98 0.72 0.98 8.51 0.73 10 (254) . 0.94 0.85 1.00 0.67 0.64 1.00 0.78 1.00 0.83 0.75 . 12 (305) 1.00 0.92 0.71 0.67 1.00 0,91 0.82 4 13561 0.99 8.74 0.70 0.99 0.89 6 (406) 1,00 0,78 0.73 1.00 0.95 8 (457) 0.81 0.75 20 (508) _______ _______ _______ 0.85 0.78 U) 22 (559) 0.88 0.81 >24 (610) 0.92 0.84 Table 25 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter ntainIaqqntAAI KWU( Rnlf T7 in pra,'leA.4 Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness I toward edge I) to edge 3/4-in. KB-TZ SS in tension factor in tension in shear' factor in shear> cracked concrete fAN 1PN fAv I ns_______ i.______ Effective in. 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed. h (mm) (65) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) Nominal in. 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed, h,0,,, (mm) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110). (141) (110) (141) (110) (142) 4 (1 G2) n/a 0.84 n/a 0.68 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.20 n/a 0.40 n/a n/a 4-1/4 (105) n/ 0.65 0.81 '0.70 n/a 0.56 0.21 0.22 0.42 0.44 n/a n/a 4-1j2 (114) n/a 0.66 0.85 0,73 n/a 0.55 0.23 0.24 0.46 0.48 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.72 0.68 '0.91 0.77 0.57 0.57 027 0.28 05.58 n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.74 0.69 0.98 0,83 0.58 0.58 0.31 0.32 0.62 ' 0.64 ri/a n/a >, E 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 1.00 0.88 0.58 0.59 0.35 0.37 0.71 0.73 0.58 n/a - (17(6 0.81 0.75 1.00 0.99 0.60 0.60 0,44 0.46 0.89 0.92 0.62 n/a . (203) 0.86 0.78 ' 1.00 1.00 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.56 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.67 .V) z ,L. (229) 0.90 0.82 1.00 0.62 0.63 0.65 0.67 1.00. 0.71 0.72 '5 9-1/2 (241) 0-92 0.83 1.00 0.63 0.64 0.70 0,73 1.00 0.73 014 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 0.64 0.64 0.76 0.79 0.74 0.75 . 12 (305) 1.00 0.92 0.67 0.67 1.00 1.00 0.82 0.83 14 (358) 8.99 0.69 0.70 0.88 0.89 'iOn 0.72 0.73 ' 0.94 0.95 18 )457) 0.75 0.76 1.00 1.00 20 (508) 0.78 0.78 C1) 22 (559) 0.81 1 0.81 24 (610).. ' 0.83 1 0.84' I Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern In a comfier with thin concrete membed the design can became very conservativTo optim" the design, use Hilti PR(?~LSLn.~~o~'DesigQ s~Lft~v~~e or di e. 3 Spacing factor reauct Ion in shear f assumes an influence ala nearby edge If no edge esists then } I 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor In shear, /',', assumes an inhiuence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then J 1,0. If a,reduction4actorvaluL,is in a shadedreltç"thisindtcate,.,that this "specific 'edge "dIstsnes'8i5yarbe'tttitd tfbmn 'spaOih (6F'9iS'4Th"""'" Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate pemnilseable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilt, Inc. (US) 1.800-879-8000 1 v,.us.hiltl.com I en espaitoi 1-800.879.5980 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-8003634458 1 www.htlli,ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guale 2014 225 KWIK sBolt jr4ExpansionViTT1,t.i Minimum 5/8" A Mii. 3,000 psi sand .4 ' or normal-weight concrete upper flute 2 (valley) Minimum 20 gauge Mn 4-1/2" Mn 4-1/2" steel deck Lower flute Max, 1' offset typical (ridge) Figure 4 - Installation of KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies - W Deck Minimum 5/8 typical A \I n. 3000 psi sand- hghtwoigt normal-weight concrnt cli Upper flute Minimum I _______ (valley) 20 gauge Mm, steel deck I I Max. 3-1/2" er Lower I I flute Mm . 2-1 Mm. 3/4 Mm 6 typical -j (ridge) Figure 5 - Installation of KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies - B Deck .:...:v............VS... 226 I-flli, Inc.(US) 1-800879-8000 1 www.uahtti.com I en espeilom 1-800-875-6000 1 H (Canada) Corp. 1800363-4458 1 www,hlltl.ea I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 26 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck 2'3''5'6 Loadsaccording to Figure 4 Loadsaccording to Figure 5 Tension - N Shear - V0 Tension _ cpN,, Shear - Nominal Effective Momma' f' = 3000 psi f' = 4000 psi f' = 3000 psi f = 4000 psi 1' 3000 psi j' = 4000 psi = 3000 psi 1'. = 4000 psi anchor embed. embed. diameter in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2 2-5/16 1,340 1,545 1,385 1,385 1,200 1,385 1,850 1,850 3/8 (51) (59) (6.0) (6.9) (6.2) (6.2) (5.3) (6.2) (8.2) (8.2) 2 2-3/8 1,340 1,545 1,950 1,950 1,210 1,395 1,680 1.680 1/2 (51) (80) (6.0) (6.9) )&7) (8.7) (5.4) (6,2) (7.5) (7.5) / 3-1/4 3-5/8 2,400 2,770 3,215 3,215 2,195 2,535 2,565 2,565 (83) (92) (10.7) (12.3) (143) (14.3) (9.8) (11.3) (11.4) (11.4) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,835 2,120 2,990 2,990 2,640 3,050 3,060 3,060 5/8 (79) (90.1 (8.2) (9.4) (13.3) (13.3) (11.7) (13.6) (13.6) (13.6) 4 4-7/16 4,260 4,920 3,925 3,925 (18.9) (21.9) (17.5) (17.5) n/a n/a n/a n/a Table 27 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 'Z,3,4,5,6,7 Loads according to Figure 4 Loadsaccording to Figure 5 Tension - 4,N8 Shear - Tension - N,, Shear -tV, Nominal Effective Nominal f = 3000 psi f' = 4000 psi f' = 3000 psi /' = 4000 psi f',= 3000 psi J' 4000 psi J'. 3000 psi f' 4000 psi anchor embed.1 2-5/16 embed. diameter in. (mm)in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) - lb (kN) lb (kN) 2 950 1,095 1,3858 1,3858 1,080 1,245 1,8508 1,8508 3/8 (51) (59) (4.2) (4.9) (6.2) (6.2) (4.8) (5.5) (8.2) (8.2) 2 2-3/8 950 1,095 1,950 1,950 860 995 1,680 1,680 (51) (60 (4.2) (4.9) (8.7) (8.7) (3.8) 4.4) (7.5) (7.5) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 1,705 1,970 3,215 3,215 1,955 2,255 2,565 2,565 (83) (92) (7.6) (8.8) (14.3) (14.3) (8.7) (10.0) (11.4) (11.4) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,300 1,500 2,9908 2,9908 1875 2,165 3,06OF 3,0608 (79 (90) (5.8) (6.7) (13.3) (13.3) (8.3) (9.6) (13.6) (13.6) 5/8 4-7/16 3,020 3,485 3,9258 3.9258 (102) (113) (13.4) (15.5) (17.5) (17.5) n/a n/a n/a n/a 1 See section 3.1.7.3 to convert desgn strength value to ASO value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 a h,, (effective embedment), 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison to steal values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 26 and 27 control 7 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic Foods, multiply cracked concrete tabular values by O,8 = 0.75. See section 3.1.7.4 for additional information on seismic applications. .......................................8 3/84hch diameter - i ,J 0.63 . ..- 5/8-ich di ................................................................................................................................................................ iaa5r8.I Huh, inc. lusl 1.500.879-8000 1 www.us.hllti.coni I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 wWw.hilti.ea I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 227 Mhad!da'Anchoring Systems 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt 4Expansion Ancht.i Min, 3,000 psi sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete Upper Min, \ I flute ___ Minimum 518, (valley) 20 gauge Typical steel deck Lower ' flute (ridge) Figure 6 - Installation of the KWIK Bolt TZ on the top of sand-lightweight concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies Table 28 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck' 24 Tension - 4N0 Shear - Nominal Effective Nominal anchor embed. embed. f, = 3000 psi f = 4000 psi I = 3000 psi f' 4000 psi diameter in. (mm) in. (mm) lb tkN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2 2-5/16 1,790 2,070 2,605 3,005 3/8 (51) (8.0) (9.2) (116) (134) 2 2-3/8 2,415 2.790 2,605 3,005 1/2 (51) (10.7) (12.4) (11.6) (13.4) Table 29 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' .2,3.4.5 Tension Shear- Nominal Effective Nominal anchor embed, embed. f. = 3000 psi I', = 4000 psi f' 3000 psi f', = 4000 psi diameter in. (mm) in, (mm) lb jkN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2 2-5/16 1615 1,865 1,845 2,130 3/8 (51) (7.2) (8.3) (8.2) (9.5) 2 2-3/8 1,710 1,975 1,845 2,130 1/2 (SI) (7.6) (8.8) (8.2) (9,5) 1 See section 3.1.7.3 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 30 and 31 as necessary. Compare to the steel values In table 4. The lesser oi.the values is.to be used for the design......... . 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand -lightweight, 3 - 0.68; for all-lightweight, A = 0.60 5 "Tttbi4r iarues'° P5i' bait, lflor seisn1c1oaYs multiply cracked concrete tabular values by o,, 015 See section 3.1.7.4 tar additional information on seismic applications. 228 Huh, Inc. (US) I -800-879-50011 I www.us.hiltl.com I en espattol 1-800-879-5000 1 11111 (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-445B I www.hilti.ca I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 KWIK 80ft TZ Expansion Anchor 33.5 Table 30 - Load adjustment factors for carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck',' 3/8n. and 1/2-in. I Edge distance in shear - KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness uncrackod concrete In tension factor in tension in shear3 L toward edge II to edge factor in shear4 over metal deck flli fnl, fAV ______ fg fl, fill Anchor in. 3/8 12 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2 /8 1/2 3/8 1/2 diameter d, (mm) )9.5) (12,7) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (127) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (12.7) )9.5) (12.7) Effective in, 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. h 1 (mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) 1 (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in, 2-5/18 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 embed, h (mm) (59) 1 (SQ) 59) (60) (59) (60) (59) (60) )59) (60) (59) (60) 3 (76) n/a , 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 0.64 n/a 0.64 n/a _/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a n/a 036 n/a fl/ n/a 0.72 n/a 0.72 n/a 0.73 0.75 3112 80) n/a n/a 0.39 n/a n/a n/a 0.81 n/a 0.81 n/a 0.76 0.78 4 (102) 0.83 n/a 0.44 n/a 0.67 n/a 0.99 n/a 0.99 - n/a 0.81 0.84 0.50 0.65 ri/a 1.00 LOU 4-1/2 - (114) 0.88 n/a 0.50 1.00 1.00 - S_(127) 0.92 n/a 0.56 0.56 0.71 7 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 n/a 0.61 0.61 0.73 '. 6 (152) 1.00 n/a 067 0.67 0.75 6-1/2(165) 1,00 072 0.72 0.77 0.78 7(178) 0.78 0.78 0.70 081 8 (203) 0.89 0.88 0.83 0.115 1,00 9 (229( _______ _______ 1.00 087 0.89 10 (254) 0.91 0.94 11 (279) _______ _______ _______ _______ 095 0.98 12 (3051 1.00 1.00 i Table 31 - Load adjustment factors for carbon steel KWIK Bolt TZ in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck12 3/8-in, and 1/2-in. Edge 1istance in shear KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' I toward edge II to edge factor in shear' over metal deck fAN fPN fey lea lee______ Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2 /8 1/2 3/8 1/2 diameter d.(mm) (9.5) (12.7) 1 (9.5) (12.7) 1 (9.5) (12,7) (9.5) (12.7) 9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (12.7) Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. h (mm) (51) (51) (51) 51) (57) (51) (51) (51) (51) (5 1) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 2-5/16 2-3/8 embed. h (mm) (59) . (60) 59) (60) (59) (60) (59) (60) (59) (SQl 1 (59) 60) 3 (76) n/a n/a 1 00 n/a n/a /a 0.65 n/a 1.00 n/a n/a n/a '2 3-1/4 (83) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.73 n/a n/a 0.74 0.76 3-1/2 (89) n/a na _______ n/a n/a n/a 0.82 n/a n/a 0.76 0.79 , 4 (102) 0.83 n/a n/a 0.67 n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.82 0.84 j2 (114) ,j 0.88 n/a 1.00 0.69 n/a . 1.00 1,00 '' 5 (127) 0.92 n/a 0.71 n/a 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 n/a - 0.73 n/a 6 (152) 1.00 n/a 0.75 nk l 6-1/2 (165) 1.00 0.77 0.79 7 (176) 0.79 0.81 8 (203) 0,83 0.85 9 (229) 0.87 0.90 10 )254 0.92 0.94 a 11 )270) _______ . _______ ______ 0.96 .0.98 12 305). .•- ••100 1110 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g 10ra4 anchor pattern in a comer with thn 'nmhm) tine dee'2rr can hcome' "my corine'3tve. 7: iotimZ'tha delg' inn ff1lt(POFl5 AlihhOf Dain oftr&'8r peiThrT anOrlU' oiHi 111101 11113 deaq- Cquali0ns from AC! Id AciawiJin 0. 3 Spar-,[. fl ti Jwtfnr ci 'ear, f, assumes an /Iuencaot a nearby edge. It no edge exists, than = f. 4 Cm'' etethjo.kr i .i14 .1cc factor l'81'aeJ fe,,.,assulncs,an intluenca,ot-.a '-earLy adge. If en edçin exists, tlii i 1 0 - For concrete 'I area - greater than or equal to 4-inches, the anchor can be designed using either table 2 or table 3o1 this section. 'liii, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8300 1 www.us,hiltl.com I SleSpahol 1-800-879-S000 1 l-4itti)Cnada)Corp. 1-800-353-4458 1 www,hittLca I AnichristeningTechnicalGuide2014 229 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.354 Installation instructions Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.us.hiJticom (US) and www.hiltLca (Canada), Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.355 Ordering information' Description Length Threaded length Box quantity KB-TZ 3/8x3 KB-TZ SS304 3/80 K6-TZ SS316 3/8x3 3 7/8 50 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-314 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50 KB-TZ 3/8x5 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50 KB-TZ 1/20-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 1/24-3/4 KB:TZ SS316 1 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 20 KB-TZ 1/2x4.1/2 KB-TZ $S304 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x4-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 20 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1j2 KB-TZ SS316 1/24-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 20 KB-TZ 1/2x7 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7 7 4-7/8 20 KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZSS304 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 518x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15 KB-TZ 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS316 518x6 6 2-3,14 15 KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ SS04 5/8x8-1/2 8-1/2 5-1/4 15 KB-TZ5/8x10 KB-TZSS3O45/8x10 10 6-3/4 15 KBTZ 3/44-1/2 KB-TZ 3S316 3/4x5-1/2 51/2 1-1/2 10 KB-TZ 3/4x8 KB-TZ S,9304,3/4x5-1 ' /2 KB-TZ 3S304 3/4x8 8 4 10 KB-TZ 3/4x10 KB-TZ S3304 3/4x10 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x10 10 6 10 All dimensions in inches Table 32 - KWIK Bolt TZ length identification system Length ID marking on 4 B C D E F G H I 3 K L M N 0 P 0 R S I U V W bolt head Length From 1V 2 2V2 16 Y 2 L L 14 15 Of anchor, Up to but not 2 24 3 3/. 4 4/. 5 54 6 6 V, 7 74 8 8V 9 9V, 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 including Figure 7 - Bolt head with length identificationmarkand KWIK Bolt TZ head ..OtCh embossrne............... ................. ................................................................ .................................... I ......................................... ......:, ...... 230 H#h, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-5000 1 www.us.hitti.com I en espa.ñol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hifti (Canada) Corp. 1800-383-4458 1 www.hiltf.ca I Ie1chor Fastening Technical Guide 2014 c®us LISTED Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Size Range - One size fits 3/4" thru 2' pipe. Material - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function - Designed to be used in conjunction with TOLCO® Band Hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficient- ly installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed iy when used with TOLCO band hangers Fig. 2, 2NFPA and 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish - Pre-Galvanized Order By - Figure number and TOLCO band hanger, size from 3/4 thru 2". Patent #5,344,108 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA, CA 92079 • P11: 951.737.55911 • FAX: 951.7370330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 A wwwtolco.coni Fig. 105 - Coach Screw Hanger Rod Size Range - 3/8' thru 1/2" rod Material - Carbon Steel Function - Typically used to suspend pipe from wood joists. Machine threaded on one end and lag threaded on the other end. It is recommended that pilot holes be pre- drilled to prevent beam from splitting and to aid in starting lag threads. Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, rod size, length and finish Dimensions Rod Size Rod Machine Thread Lag A Length Length Length 3/8 3 1/2 21/2 3/8or1/2 4 11/2 2½ 3/8 5 21/2 21/2 3/8or1/2 6 21/2 21/2 3/8 7 2½ 21/2 3/8or1/2 8 -- 21/2 21/2 3/8 9 21/2 21/2 3/8 10 21/2 21/2 3/8 11 21/2 21/2 3/8 12 21/2 2½ Fig. 106 -Tie Bolt Material - Carbon Steel Function - Recommended for securing the connection of steel pipe to ductile pipe by attaching tie bolts to pipe flanges then connect tie rods. May be used in vertical or horizontal applications. Approvals - Conforms to NFPA Pamphlet 24, Installation of Private Fire Service Maintenance 4" - 12' pipe size. Finish Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, size and finish. Custom lengths for thicker flange available. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA. CA 92879 • P11: 951 7375599 • FAX: 9517370330 M CUSTOMER SERVICE • 8007865266 www.folco.com Fig. 69 - Beam Clamp Retaining Strap Size Range - 3/8' thru 7/8" rod by 4" thru 16" length.* Material - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function - To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.3.7.1. Important Note - Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore a locking mech- anism of some kind such as a hex nut or the beveled locking slot on the TOLCO® Fig. 69R will provide a more secure reliable installation. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relat- ing to OSHPD proiects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Finish - Pre-Galvanized Order By - Figure number, type, length "B" and rod size being used with beam clamp Note - Minimum return on Strap: 1". Dimensions Type Rod Size A Hole Size B 1 3/8 7/16 Specify 1/2 9/16 Specify 2 5/8 11/16 Specify 3/4 13/16 Specify 3 3/8 -7/8 Specify Specify Longer lengths are available, consult factory. Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System CUS LS1EO OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH. 951.737.5599 • FAX 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.7)16.5266 .4 www.tolco.com F IRE PR OTECT I ON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Libraty (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Libra,y Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.4.D. Wall Support: Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought I Steel clamp or carbon steel clevis Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Ref. Std Pipe Clamp Tolco Pipe Clamp for Rating Ref UL Sway Bracing 3" Pipe Clamp Tolco Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing UL 2g80 Scott Street. Suite /05 Vista, CA 9208 760-295-3881 —phone 760-295-3437— fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 108 Fig. 4A - Longitudinal Brace Fig. 4A - Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing Size Range - 4" thru 8" pipe. For sizes smaller than 4" use TOLCO® Fig. 4. Material - Carbon Steel Function - For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 4" thru 8". Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). Installation Instructions - The Fig. 4A is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal, lateral or riser brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO transitional and structural attachment component(s) to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install - Place the Fig. 4A over the pipe to be braced. Attach TOLCO transitional fitting, either Fig. 980, 910 or 909, to the clamp ears. Tighten bolts and nuts; torque requirement is a minimum of 50 ft. lbs. Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By - Figure number, pipe size and finish Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System &I USTD Fig. 4A - Lateral Brace Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-Line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. Dimensions • Weights Pipe Max. Horizontal Approx. Sizes A B C D Bolt Size Design Load Wt./100 4 8 1/2 9/4 33/s 311/16 1/2 1600 221 5 93/.t 3 /6 4/8 1/2 1600 253 6 11½ ½ 5 5 1/s ½ 2015 513 8 131/4 3/4 611A6 6½ 1/2 2015 601 COOPER B-LINE 1375 Sampson Ave. Corona, CA 92879.800.786.5266• FAX: 951.737.0330 £ COOPER B-Line Longitudinal Brace Fig. 4L C®US LISTED Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment PJPROWD Size Range - 21/2" through 8" IPS. Material - Carbon Steel Function - For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals - Underwriter's Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 21/2 - 8". Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2" - 8" pipe. Installation Instructions - The Fig. 4L is the braced pipe attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the 'bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install - Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe' into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until hex head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish - Plain Note - Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish. Order By - Figure number, pipe size and finish. Dimensions • Weights Bolt Max. Rec. *Max Design Approx. Sizes A C D Size Load Lbs. Load Lbs. WtJ100 (cULus) (FM) 21/2 6A6 21/2 23/4 1/2 2015 3000 253 3 7 23/4 31A6 1/2 2015 1550 268 4 81/2 3/s 3A6 1/2 2015 1550 348 5 93/4 3/8 43A 1/2 2015 1450 380 6 111/2 5 51h 1/2 2015 1450 640 8 131/4 5/8 55/s 1/2 2015 1450 728 * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin 0, where 0 the installation angle measured from the vertical. FM approved when used with 1', 11/4", 11/2 or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. 4-Way Riser Brace (Plan view) TOLCO® brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other TOLCO® brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. DISCLAIMER - NIBCO does NOT warrant against the failure of TOLCO® brand bracing components, in the instance that such TOLCO® brand bracing components are used in combination with products, parts or systems which are not manufactured or sold under the TOLCO® brand. NlBCO shall NOT be liable under any circumstance for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, where non-TOLCO brand bracing components have been, or are used. OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.7375599 • 3(: 951.137.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786,5266 www.tolco.com 'VA J !J1 FIRE PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.4. E. Vertical Support: Steel Riser Clamp Trade MFG Description Catalog Model Name Not Applicable Pressure Ratinci Publication Ref Ref. Std 280 Scoff Street. Suite i05 Vista, CA 9208 760-295-388-1 .--phone 7602953437-- fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 111 Ir.rn l ' A ñJ FIRE PP*1:T1ON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression SECTION 211313 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 1.4.0 SUBMITTALS - PRODUCT DATA PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Sprinklers 2.1.B Suspended and Hard Lid Ceiling Type Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref Ref. Std Auto. Sprinkler Auto Sprinkler Auto Sprinkler 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760295•3881 - phone 7602953437 - www.titanfpinc.com Page 112 2.8.0 - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS W/HEAT-RESPONSIVE ELEMENT FireLock® V27, K5.6 Models V2703, V2707, V2704, V2708 Standard Spray Upright, Pendent and Recessed Pendent Standard and Quick Response V2703/V2704 V2707/V2708 V2707/V2 708 Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Approvals/Listings: CE 0786 See Victaulic Publication 1001 for more details. u A a U I'lie 40.10 Technical Specifications: Models: V2703, V2704, V2707, V2708 Style: Pendent, Upright or Recessed Pendent Nominal Orifice Size: 1/2 /13 mm K Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 SI.1 Nominal Thread Size: ½ NPT/15 mm Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) 250 psi/1725 kPa (UL) Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% © 500 psi/3450 kPa Mm. Operating Pressure: 7 psi/48 kPa 0.35 bar/5 psi (VdS for upright only) Temperature Rating: See chart 1 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply S, 1. units by 10.0. Product Description: These Model V27 standard spray sprinklers are designed to produce a hemispherical spray pattern for standard commercial applications. They are available with either standard or quick response bulbs. It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design requirements. The recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 recessed escutcheon which provides Up to I4719 mm of adjustments. Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standard. 9 0 Exaggerated for clarity victauhc,com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Material Specifications: Accessories Upright Deflector: Bronze per UNS C11000 Pendent Deflector: Bronze per UNS C51000 Installation Wrench: Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution LI Open End: V27 Bulb Nominal Diameter: L1 Recessed: V27-2 D Standard: 5.0 mm Sprinkler Finishes: LI Quick Response: 3.0 mm LI Plain Brass Load Screw: Bronze per UNS C65100 LI Chrome plated Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C65100 LI White painted3 Spring: Beryllium nickel LI Black painted3 Seal: Teflon2 tape LI Custom painted3 Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 LI Proprietary Nickel Teflon2 coating3 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 LI VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: LI Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. 2 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. UL Listed for corrosion resistance. UL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. victavi..ccom .Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS V2703 V2707 V270 Model V2....V2 708 7 Orifice Size (inches) 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Orifice Size (m ....,....JL.,...........13 ................... Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 Nominal K Factor S.1.5 8.1 1 8,1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Response Standard Standard i Standard Quick Quick Quick Deflector Type upright Pendent Recessed upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Pendent Approved Temperature Ratings 135°F/57°C 135°F/57 °C 155'F/68'C 155'F/68-C 135°F/57°C °F 135:F/570C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 1O 155 F/68C cuLus 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F1141°C 200 Ff93 200 Ff93 C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 86 /141 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F' 57°C 135°F 57°C 135°F/57°C FM 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 15 5'F /68 ' 'C l7 oFSoC 155'F/68o °F C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F193°C 175°F/79°C 200'F/93'C 9C 17 286°F/141°C 286°F/141 °C 200°F/93°C 200'F/93'C175°F/79°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 286 °F /141°C °F°C 286 /141 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 13 °F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135:F/57:C 175'F/79'C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C175'F/79oC 155°F/68°C 155 F/68C NYC/MEA 62-99-E 200°F193°C °F/93°c 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 20WF/9YC 200'F/93'C 200' F/93 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 286°Ffl1 6 /141 C 286 141 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155oF/68*C 155'F/68'C 135°F/57°C 135'F/57'C 135°F/57°C 135:F/57:C 155°F/68°C 155°F!68°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C CSFM 7690-0531:112 175 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 28&F/MC28&F/i°C 200° 360'F/182'C 360'F/182'C 1 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C I 135°F/57°C LPCB 175°F/79°C None None 155°F/68°C None None . 200F/93C 175°F/79°C 286 41,C j 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C VNIIPO 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 7 ° ° 1 5F/79C 17 °F 7 • 90C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F1141°C 200°F/93°C 200°F 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C ZSTZ ZSTX K-ZSTZ K-ZSTZ CCC 155°F/68°C 155°F/68 °C None 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C None 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 2007/93°C 200°F/93°C 135°F/57°C 135°F 57°C / 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 0 155 /68 VdS °F None None 175'F/79'C None None 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 3607/182°C 286 Ff141 C CE None None . 175'F/79'C None None 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 286'F/141'C I I For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply S.I. units by 10.0 FM Approved with 1/7" adjustment escutcheon only - quick response Note Listings and Approvals as of printing. All are approved open. victaulic.corn I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Dimensions: I7/x'/ 37 mm 60 mm WI 1W! mm 2/si 41 613mm Standard Pendent - Standard Upright - V2707, V2708 V2703, V2704 2W7EO mm Max Hole 271 mm Mm. Hole 11 Typical Ceiling Tile 30 mrr 1 ;467 \—Finished Surf~Cejl 30 inin MAXIMUM RECESS 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION ½' Adjustment Recessed - V2707, V2708 (drawing not to scale) am /ox mm Max Hole 2151 mm Mix, Hole Typical Ceiling Tile .4 rm 1 i Finished Surface 2 mm MAXIMUM RECESS - 75 min MAXIMUM EXTENSION 3/4" Adjustment Recessed - V2707, V2708 (drawing not to scale) 2' 4' 5.6rm :.2r 12 14' 17, 4.3r' •••%. %.. ..... ,'.- ..... ••s. .'. • .%s. \ '. 4•% T 4' 6 8, 1 1 1 16' 7 psi 48 kPa 15 psi 103 kPa 30 psi 207 kPa victauic.corn I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 4010 Distribution Patterns: Models V2707, V2708 K5.6 Standard Pendent and Recessed Pendent Distribution Patterns - Trajectory 24i 7 p51 48 kPa IS pst 103 kPa 30 psi 207 kPa NOTES: Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation, These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories, floor-wetting, and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers. They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation. Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions, spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements. Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings, Approvals and Warranties. All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. victaulkcom I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Ratings: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67°F (-55°C) to those shown in the table below. Temperature—°F/°C Maximum Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal Ambient Glass Temperature Part Temperature Temperature I Bulb Classification Identification Rating Allowed Color Ordinary A 135°F/57°C 100°F/381C Orange Ordinary C 155°F/68°C 100°F/38°C Red Intermediate E 175°F/79°C 151 Yellow Intermediate F 1 20001 150°F165°C Green High J 286°F/141°C 2250F8/107°C Blue Extra High 7K 360°F/1820C 300011149°C Purple - M Open - NoBulb 'Standard response only. 8 150/65 if wax coated. Available Wrenches: V27-2 V27 Recessed I Open End -------------- V2707,V27O8Pendent V2707, V2708 Recessed Pendent V2703, V2704 Upright --------------------------- A WARNING Always read and understand installation, care, and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin- klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. Installation rules, especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers (other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication, or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. -k] Installation Reference should always be made to the 1-40 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing This installation sheet is included with each shipment of Victaulic products for Complete installation and assembly data, and is available in PDF formal an our wubsitu at viclaulic.csm. Note This product shall be rnanulacti.ired by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications All products to he installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section at the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company, 2.8.0 - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS W/HEAT-RESPONSIVE ELEMENT FireLock® V27, K5.6 Models V2703, V2707, V2704, V2708 Standard Spray Upright, Pendent and Recessed Pendent Standard and Quick Response \ V2703/V2704 V2707/V2708 V2707/V2708 Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Approvals/Listings: cu5 LPCB Ct, © 0786 See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Product Description: Illu A 40.10 Technical Specifications: Models: V2703, V2704, V2707, V2708 Style: Pendent, Upright or Recessed Pendent Nominal Orifice Size: 1/2713 mm K Factor: 5.6Imp./8.1 SI.1 Nominal Thread Size: ½' NPT/15 mm Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) 250 psi/1725 kPa (UL) Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% @ 500 psi/3450 kPa Mm. Operating Pressure: 7 psi/48 kPa 0.35 bar/5 psi (VdS for upright only) Temperature Rating: See chart 1 For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply SI. units by 10.0. These Model V27 standard spray sprinklers are designed to produce a hemispherical spray pattern for standard commercial applications. They are available with either standard or quick response bulbs. It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design requirements. The recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 recessed escutcheon which provides Up to /41719 mm of adjustments. Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standard. IPI Exaggerated for clarity victauliccom I Sprinklers I FireLock I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Material Specifications: Accessories Upright Deflector: Bronze per UNS C11000 Pendent Deflector: Bronze per UNS C51000 Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution Bulb Nominal Diameter: El Standard: 5.0 mm El Quick Response: 3.0 mm Load Screw: Bronze per UNS C65100 Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C65100 Spring: Beryllium nickel Seal: Tef1on2 tape Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 Installation Wrench: El Open End: V27 El Recessed: V27-2 Sprinkler Finishes: El Plain Brass El Chrome plated El White painted3 El Black painted3 El Custom painted3 El Proprietary Nickel Tef1on2 coating3 El VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: El Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. 2 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. UL Listed for corrosion resistance. DL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. victauhc.com I Sprinklers I FireLocka I K56, V27 I Publication 40.10 Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS V2703 V2707 Model V2707 42704 V2708 V2708 Orifice Size (inches) Orifice Size (mm) - 1/2' 112" 13 13 1/2" 13 1/2" - 13 1/2" 13 1/2" 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5,6 Nominal K Factor SI.5 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Response Standard Standard Standard Quick Quick Quick Deflector Type Upright Pendent Recessed . Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Pendent Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° 135°Ff57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°Ff57°C 1 °F °C 1557/68 155°F/68°C 55'F/68*C 11 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135:F/570C cULus 1757/79 75'F/79'C 175°F/79°C 175°F179°C 175°Ff79°C 155'F/68'C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 286°F1141°C 286°F/141°C 286oF/14loC 286'F/141'C 286'F/141'C 2000F/930C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 1357f57°C 1357/57°C 1 , 7° ° 55'F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F157°C 1 °F8° °° / 135°Ff57°C FM 175°F179°C 175°F179°C 155°F/68°C 17 °F 790 • 1750 Ff79 C 155°F/68°C 200°F193°C 200°F/93°C 175°F179°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F193°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°Ff182°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C , 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 35°F 57°C 135'F/57' 0 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F157°C NYC/MEA 62-99-E 175'F/79'C 175oF/79oC 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 1550 /68C 200°F/93°C 200°Ff93°C 'C 175 286°F/141°C 286°F1141°C 360°F1182°C 360°F1182°C 135°F/57°C 135°Ff57°C °F °C °F 155 155°F/68°C 155°Ff68°C 135°Ff57°C CSFM 7690-0531:112 286 F/141 C 200 286'F/141 'C 200'F/93'C 360'F/182'C 360'F/182'C C 286'F/141'C 135 F/57 C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C LPCB 175°F/79°C None None 155°F/68°C None None 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 1357/57°C 135°F/57°C 1 5°F 57°C 13 °F 155°F168°C 155°Ff68°C 135°Ff57°C 5 °F6 °C SOFtS7OC 135°F/57°C 175°F179°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C VNIIPO 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 175°F!79°C 1 75°F79°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°Ff141°C ' 200°F/93°C 200°F 93°C 200°F 9 0/ 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F1182°C F, 286°410 286 Ff141 C ZSTZ ZSTX K-ZSTZ K-ZSTZ CCC 155°Ff68°C 155°F/68°C None 155°FI68°C 155°F/68°C None 200°FI93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 135°FfS7°C 135 Ff57 C 155°F/68°C 175°F/79°C 155'F/68'C VdS 200°F/93°C None None 175 F/79 C None None 286°F/141°C , 200°F/93°C 360°Ff182°C 286'F/141'C 155'F/68'C CE 175'F/79'C None None 175 Ff79 C None None 2007/93°C 200°F/93°C 7/1410 286 Ff141 C 360°Ff182°C ] i [ For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply S. I. units by 10.0 FM Approved with 1 /2" adjustment escutcheon only quick response Note Listings and Approvals as of printing. All are approved open. victa.ulccomI Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Dimensions: 60 Standard Pendent - Standard Upright - V2707, V2708 V2703, V2704 r2Y,760 mm Max, Hole 2/51 mm Mix. Hole - Typical Ceiling Tile 30 mrn Y,67 - Finished Surface—' 30 em 75 rum MAXIMUM EXTENSION MAXIMUM RECESS ½ Adjustment Recessed - V2707, V2708 (drawing not to scale) , 2W/6c) mr'n r ' Max, Hole 2751 mm Mix Hole 24'm 24 rrnn Finished So, face —/ MAXIMUM RECESS 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION 3/4 Adjustment Recessed - V2707, V2708 (drawing not to scale) victafflic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Distribution Patterns: Models V2707, V2708 K5.6 Standard Pendent and Recessed Pendent Distribution Patterns— Trajectory 7p51 48 kPa is psi 103 kPa 30 psi 207 kPa Models V2703, V2704 K5.6 Standard Upright Distribution Patterns - Trajectory N O % 0 6" . '4 2 4 5' 5 10 15 11' I/Sm 1,2m / S 2.4mm 30mm 3/rn 4. mm 4.9mm NOTES Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories, floor-wetting, and wall-wetting patterns for these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers. They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation. Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions, spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements. Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings, Approvals and Warranties. All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. 7P51 48 kPa 15 Psi 103 kPa 30 psi 207 kPa vctau!kcom I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Ratings: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67°F (-55°C) to those shown in the table below. Sprinkler Temperature Classification Temperature - °FI°C Maximum Victaulic 1 Nominal Ambient Glass Part Temperature Temperature Bulb Identification Rating Allowed Color Ordinary A 135°F/57°C 1001F/381C Orange Ordinary C 155°F/68°C 100°F/38°C Red Intermediate E 175°F/79°C 1501F/651C Yellow Intermediate F I 200°F/93°C 150°F/65°C Green High J 2860F/1410C 2250F 811070C Blue Extra High K 360°F/1 82°C 300°F/149°C Purple - M Open - No Bulb Standard response only 150/65 if wax coated. Available Wrenches: V27-2 V27 Recessed Open End V2707, V2708 Pendent / / V2707, V2708 Recessed Pendent ------------------------- V2703, V2704 upright WARNING Always read and understand installation, care, and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin- klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. Installation rules, especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers (other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication, or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. Installation Reference shoald always he made lathe 140 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing. This installation sheet is included with each shipment of Victaulic products (or complete installation and assembly data, and is available in PDF formal on our website at uictaulic,corn. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic sits Victaulic specifications All products to he installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions, Victaulic reueiaen the tight to change product specifications, designs and ntaridaid equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Peter to the Warranty section at the current Price List Or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic is a registered trademark 01 Victaulic Company. FireLock® V38, K5.6 Models V3801, V3802 Adjustable Concealed Standard Spray Standard and Quick Response V3801 and V3802 Approvals/Listings: CE JLPCBI ( ® LISTED 0832 04-1a/02 See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Product Description: This concealed, designer style sprinkler allows up to 1/2713 mm adjustment to accommodate concealment needs. The standard" design provides a consistent hemispherical spray pattern. The separate two-piece mounting cup/cover plate allows easy installation and testing prior to ceiling installation. It also permits removal of suspended ceiling panels without system shutdown. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design requirements. Coverage: For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standards. \/ctaulac 40.50 Technical Specifications: Models: V3801, V3802 Style: Adjustable concealed, ordinary hazard, light hazard Nominal Orifice Size: /2"/13 mm K-Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 SI.' Nominal Thread Size: 1/2 /15 mm Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% © 500 psi/3450 kPa Mm. Operating Pressure: 7 psi/48 kPa Temperature Rating: See chart on page 3. For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply S.I. units by 10.0. Exaggerated for clarity Engineer Spec Section Date Installation Wrench: LII Concealed: V38-4 or V38-5 Sprinkler Finishes: El Plain Brass (only) Cover Finishes: El Chrome Plated El White Painted3 El Flat Black Painted3 El Custom Painted3 2 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. DL Listed for corrosion resistance. victaiilic.com Sprinkler I FireLock5 I K5.6, V38 I Publication 40.50 Material Specifications: Accessories: Deflector: Bronze per UNS C22000 Cover Plate: Fusible solder Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution. Bulb Nominal Diameter: El Standard: 5,0 mm El Quick Response: 3,0 mm Load Screw: Bronze per UNS C65100 Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C65100 Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30100 Seal: Teflon2 tape Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 Pins: Stainless steel per UNS S30400 Cup: Cold rolled steel, zinc chrome plated Cover/Escutcheon: Brass per UNS C26000 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 Protective Cap: Polyethylene victauflccom I Sprinkler I FireLock4 I K5.6, V38 I Publication 4050 Approval/Listings: Approvals/Listings Model V3801 V3802 Orifice Size (inches) 1/2" 1/2' Orifice Size (mm) 13 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 Nominal <Factor SI.4 8.1 8.1 Response Standard 5mm bulb Quick' 3mm bulb Deflector Type Concealed Pendent Concealed Pendent Adjustment Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° V3801 V3802 135°F/570C 135°F/57°C 155°F/680C 1550F/680C cULus 175117/790C 1750F/791C ,2000F/930C 200°F/93°C 1550F/68°C4 FM5 NONE 1750F/79°C4 200°F/93°C4 1350F/5 70C 135°F/S 7°C 155°F/680C 155°F/680C NYC/MEA5 #62-99-F 1750F/790C 1750F/790C 200°F/930C 200°F/930C 1350F/5 70C 135°F/57°C 1550F/680C 155°F/680C CSFM5 #7690-0531112 175°F/79°C 1750F/790C 200°F1930C 200°F/93°C 155°F/68°C Sprinkler/1 38°F/59°C Cover 155°F/68°C Sprinkler/i 38°F/59°C Cover LPCB 175°F/79°C Sprinkler/1 65°F/74°C Cover 175°F/79°C Sprinkler/165'F/74'C Cover 200°F/93C Sprinkler/1 65°F/74°C Cover 200°F/93°C Sprinkler/1 65°F/74°C Cover 135°F/570C 1350F/5 70C 15S°F/68°C 155017/680C VNIIPO 175°F/790C 175°F/790C 200°1/93°C 200°F/93°C 286°F/i 41°C 286°F/1 41°C CCCf ZSTY is /1 °c NONE For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply S.I. units by 10.0 Recognized by FM as standard response only. Note Listings and Approvals as of printing. All are approved open. mm mm ,C713 mm mm 275 I mm Typical Ceiliup Tile 71 3 Cover PTre Finished Surface Maximum Extension mm Max, Hole 2W/vs mm Mm. Hole ],r"/38 mm Typical Ceiling Tile '- Finished Surface Minimum Extension victaulic.com I Sprinkler I FireLock® I K5.6, V38 I Publication 40.50 Dimensions: Models V3801, V3802 (drawings not to scale) Distribution Patterns: Models V3801, V3802 K5.6 standard concealed pendent distribution patterns - trajectory 10 A ... 30 m 8 2.4m . 4. 4 .4. % . ...4 18 m 4 1.2m • 4 4 4 .4 2 06m • .4. —'S :4 4 4 4 0 2' 4' 6' 8' 10 12' 14' 0.6 m 1,2 m 1.8 m 2.4 m 3.0 m 3.7 m 4.3 m 7psi ... 15 psi 30 psi 48kPa 103kPa 207kPa NOTES 1 Data shown Is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. 2 These graphs illustrate approximate traiectories, floor-wetting, and wall-wetting patterns tor these specific VictaLllic FireLock automatic sprinklers. They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation. Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the authority having jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions, spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements. Failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings, Approvals and Warranties. 3 All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. victauhccom I Sprinkler I FireLocke I K5.6, V38 I Publication 40.50 Ratings: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67°FI-55°C to those shown in table below. Sprinkler Sprinkler - V3801, V3802 Cover - V38 Temperature - OF/OC Temperature - OF/OC Nominal Maximum Ambient Nominal Maximum Ambient Temperature 1 Victaulic Part Temperature Temperature Victaulic Part Temperature Temperature Classification Identification Rating Allowed Glass Bulb Color Identification Rating Allowed Ordinary A 135°F/57°C 100°F/38°C Orange A6 1358 57 100 57 Ordinary C 155°F/68°C 1007/38°C Red D7 165 150 74 65 -------------- Intermediate E 1750F/79°C 150°F/650C Yellow Intermediate F 200°F/93°C 150°F1650C Green High J 286°F/141°C 2251F/1071C Blue Extra High 8 K 360°F/182°C 300°F/149C Purple - M Open - No Bulb 6 A For use with Standard or Quick Response Concealed Sprinkler 135FI57C or 155°F/68°C. D For use with Standard or Quick Response Concealed Sprinkler 175°FI79C or 200F/93C. 8 138F/59T per LPCB Note: Custom Finish - Customer to provide paint specification, allow 4 - 6 weeks tor samples Available Wrenches: Sprinkler Type Recessed Concealed Pendent - V38013802 V3802 V38-4 or V38-5 victauc.cn. I Sprinkler I FireLocke I K5.6, V38 I Publication 40.50 Always read and understand installation, care, and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin- klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. Installation rules, especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers (other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication, or if you have any questions about the sate installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters; P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA, Telephone; 001-610-559-3300. Installation Reference should always be made to the .100 Vic left lic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment at Victuulc products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our wehsite at www.victaulic.com. Note This product skull be riasufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications All products to he installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. VictaLilic reserves the sghl to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incUrring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic and Zero-Flea are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company. 4.. L.i FIRE OTECT Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.1.0 Exposed Area Type Trade MFG Description Name Not Applicable Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref. Ref Std 2880 t 'Ito '5.'' C 92051 750: •• 3 www.titanfpinc.com Page 125 FIRE PROTECTI -04 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Libraiy (Dove) Carlsbad Dove Library Carlsbad, CA 2.1.D Side Wall Type Trade MFG Description Name Not Applicable City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Fire Suppression Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott Sti eel, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 76O2953881—phone 7602953437—fa www.titanfpinc.com Page 126 FIRE PROTECTI ON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.1.E Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish Trade Name MEG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Ref. Ratinci Ref Std 2880 Scott Soeet, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 7602953881— phone 760-295-3437— fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 127 2.8.0 - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS W/HEAT-RESPONSIVE ELEMENT FireLock® V27, K5.6 Models V2703, V2707, V2704, V2708 Standard Spray Upright, Pendent and Recessed Pendent Standard and Quick Response -1 V2703/V2704 V2707/V2708 V2707/V2708 Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Approvals/Listings: 1E @ 00" 0786 See Victaulic Publication iftOl for more details. Xk_:aUhe 40.10 Technical Specifications: Models: V2703, V2704, V2707, V2708 Style: Pendent, Upright or Recessed Pendent Nominal Orifice Size: 1/2713 mm K Factor: 5.6 Imp./8.1 SI.' Nominal Thread Size: ½ N P1/15 mm Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi/1200 kPa (FM) 250 psi/1725 kPa (UL) Factory Hydrostatic Test: 100% © 500 psi/3450 kPa Mm. Operating Pressure: 7 psi/48 kPa 0.35 bar/S psi (VdS for upright only) Temperature Rating: See chart For K-Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply SI, units by 10.0. Product Description: These Model V27 standard spray sprinklers are designed to produce a hemispherical spray pattern for standard commercial applications. They are available with either standard or quick response bulbs. It is cast with a hex-shaped wrench boss to allow easy tightening from many angles, reducing assembly effort. This sprinkler is available in various temperature ratings (see chart on page 3) and finishes to meet many design requirements. The recessed pendent should be utilized with a Model V27 recessed escutcheon which provides Up to 3/t719 mm of adjustments. Coverage For coverage area and sprinkler placement, refer to NFPA 13 or applicable standard. 9 Exaggerated for clarity :trtliccorn I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Material Specifications: Accessories Upright Deflector: Bronze per UNS C11000 Pendent Deflector: Bronze per UNS C51000 Installation Wrench: El Open End: V27 El Recessed: V27-2 Sprinkler Finishes: El Plain Brass El Chrome plated El White painted3 El Black painted3 Custom painted3 El Proprietary Nickel Teflon2 coating3 LI VC-2504 155, 200, 286 SR Only: LI Wax3 For cabinets and other accessories refer to separate sheet. 2 Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Co. UL Listed for corrosion resistance. DL Listed and FM Approved for corrosion resistance. Bulb: Glass with glycerin solution Bulb Nominal Diameter: Standard: 5.0 mm El Quick Response: 3.0 mm Load Screw: Bronze per UNS C65100 Pip Cap: Bronze per UNS C65100 Spring: Beryllium nickel Seal: Tef1on2 tape Frame: Die cast brass 65-30 Lodgement Spring: Stainless steel per UNS S30200 vctauIiccom I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Approvals/Listings: APPROVALS/LISTINGS V2703 V2707 V2707 Model V2704 V2708 V2708 Orifice Size (inches) 1/2" 1/2" - 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" Orifice Size (mm) 13 13 13 13 13 13 Nominal K Factor Imperial 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 56 Nominal K Factor S.I. 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Response Standard Standard Standard Quick Quick Quick Deflector Type Upright Pendent IPendent Recessed Upright Pendent Recessed Pendent Approved Temperature Ratings F°/C° cULus 135°F/57°C 155:F/68:C 286'F/141'C I 135°F/57°C 155:F/68:C Li 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 28U1 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C 28&i41°C 135°F/57°C 200 F/93C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135'F/57'C 135°F 57°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68 °C 135°F/57°C 1 ss°F68°C 155°F68°C 135°F/57°C FM 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175'F/79'C 1 °F7 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C °F 0 175 F/79C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286 C 'F/141'C 200°F/93°C 82°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/1 F/141'C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 1557/68-C 1 ° 8° 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C NYC/MEA 62-99-E 175°F/79°C 1 75°F 79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155 F/68C 200°F/93°C °F/93°C 0 2 14 28&F/141 360'F/182oC 360'F/182'C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 0 1357/57-C 0 135-F/5 C 135'F/57'C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C 135°F 57°C CSFM 7690-0531:112 7 °F/7 °C °F °c 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 0 0 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 2007/93-C 2007/93-C 200 F/93oC 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68 °C 135°F/57°C LPCB 175°F/79°C None None 155°F/68°C None None 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 3607/182°C - 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57° 155°F/68°C 1557/68°C 135°F/57°C 155°F 68°C 155°F 68°C 135°F/57°C VNIIPO 175°F/79°C 175°F/79°C 155°F/68°C 175°F79°C 155°F/68°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 175°F/79°C °F 0 175°F/79° c 200°F 93° 175°F/79°C 286°F/141°C 286°F/141°C 200°F/93°C 286' F° 286°F/141° C 200°F/93°C 360°F/182°C 360°F/182°C ZSTZ ZSTX K-ZSTZ K-ZSTZ CCC 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C None 155°F/68°C 155°F/68°C None 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 200°F/93°C 135°F/57°C °F 7° 135 /5 C 155°F/68°C 155 F/68C VdS 175°F/79°C None None 175 1/79 C None None 200°F/93°C 286 F/141 C 360°F/182°C 135°F/57°C 135°F/57°C 155°F/68°C CE 175°F/79°C None None 175 F/79 C None None , 1 200°F/93°C 286 F/1410 C 286°F/141°C 360°F/182 °C j For K Factor when pressure is measured in Bar, multiply S.I. units by 10.0 FM Approved with 112"adjustment escutcheon only - quick response Note: Listings and Approvals as of printing. All are approved open. victaiiliccom I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40,10 Dimensions: 1 ,/v! 21A'! 41 mm 60 mm I Standard Pendent - Standard Upright - V2707, V2708 V2703, V2704 2W762 mm Max Hole 275 mm Mix. Hole 1 7 mrn Typical Ceiling Tile all 30 mm Fir iished S(-Jrface:~ 31~m !!! __________ MAXIMUM RECESS - 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION ½' Adjustment Recessed - V2707, V2708 (drawing not to scale) 2W'/60 mm Max Hole 2751 mm Mix Hole \—,inishedisufface—/ 24 nim 1 4' 37 mrr MAXIMUM RECESS 75 mm MAXIMUM EXTENSION 3/4' Adjustment Recessed - V2707, V2708 (drawing not to scale) victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Distribution Patterns: Models V2707, V2708 K5.6 Standard Pendent and Recessed Pendent Distribution Patterns - Trajectory 3.Dr 2.4r ....-..-.-- .4. 4• Ar. 4. 4 liar .. 4 44 5: : 2' 4' A' '0' 12' 14' OAr. i.A.r 2.4m 3.0.1 17rr $.3r Models V2703, V2704 K5,6 Standard Upright Distribution Patterns - Trajectory 7psi 48 kPa 15 psi 103 kPa 30 psi 207 kPa 7 psi 48 kPa 15 psi 103 kPa 30 psi 207 kPa NOTES: Data shown is approximate and can vary due to differences in installation. These graphs illustrate approximate trajectories, tloor-wetting, and wall-wetting patterns tsr these specific Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers. They are provided as information for guidance in avoiding obstructions to sprinklers and should not be used as minimum sprinkler spacing rules for installation. Refer to the appropriate NFPA National Fire Code or the Authority Having Jurisdiction for specific information regarding obstructions, spacing limitations and area of coverage requirements. failure to follow these guidelines could adversely affect the performance of the sprinkler and will void all Listings, Approvals and Warranties. All patterns are symmetrical to the centerline of the waterway. victaulic.com I Sprinklers I FireLock® I K5.6, V27 I Publication 40.10 Ratings: All glass bulbs are rated for temperatures from -67° F (-55°C) to those shown in the table below. Temperature - °F/°C Maximum Sprinkler Victaulic Nominal Ambient I Glass Temperature Part 1 Temperature Temperature I Bulb Classification Identification Rating Allowed I Color Ordinary A 135°F/57°C 100°F/380C Orange Ordinary C 1551F/680C 100°F/38°C Red Intermediate E 175°F/79°C 1500F/651C Yellow Intermediate F 200°F193°C 150°F/65°C Green High J 286°F/141°C 225°F81107°C Blue Extra High K 360°F/1820C 300°F/1490C Purple - M Open - No lull 'Standard response only 150/65 if wax coated. Available Wrenches: V27-2 V27 Recessed Open End V2707,V27O8Pendent V2707, V2708 Recessed Pendent i/ - ------------------------- V2703, V2704 upright P A WARNING Always read and understand installation, care, and maintenance instructions, supplied with each box of sprin- klers, before proceeding with installation of any sprinklers. Always wear safety glasses and foot protection. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. Installation rules, especially those governing obstruction, must be strictly followed. Painting, plating, or any re-coating of sprinklers (other than that supplied by Victaulic) is not allowed. Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury and/or property damage. The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the current National Fire Protection Association pam- phlet that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the authority having jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. If you need additional copies of this publication, or if you have any questions about the safe installation of this product, contact Victaulic World Headquarters: P.O. Box 31, Easton, Pennsylvania 18044-0031 USA, Telephone; 001-610-559-3300. Installation Reference should always he mode to the 1-40 Victaulic FireLock Automatic Sprinklers Installation and Maintenance Sheet for the product you are installing. This installation shoot is included with each shipment at Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and is available in POF formal on our website at victaulrc.com. Note This product shall be manutactoied by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications All products tube installed in accordance with currant Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victauhu reserves the right to change pinduct specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section at the current Price List or contact Victoulic for details. VictaLilic is a registered trademark at Viclaulic Company. FOR RECESSED OR FLUSH SPRINKLER INSTALLATION Victaulic FireLock Escutcheons are intended for use with Victaulic FireLock V24, V27, V29, V33, V29 EXTENDED V29 FLUSH ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON V34 and V36 recessed, flush, and extended pendent sprinklers. They are intended for use only with Victaulic FireLock sprinklers. Agency Approvals and Listings for Victaulic FireLock sprinklers require the use of Victaulic FireLock escutcheons exclusively. FireLock escutcheons are not Listed or Approved for use with any sprinklers other than Victaulic FireLock sprinklers ( FireLock escutcheons are available in various finishes to meet many design requirements and are intended only for use with Victaulic sprinklers Please reference the 1-40 Installation Manual before installing any product. NOTE: The V33 and V36 escutcheons are offered as part of a pre-assembled sprinkler product and are not available for individual purchase. V27 AND V34 RECESSED V27 AND V34 FLUSH ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Material: Cold Rolled Steel Optional Materials: Brass Stainless Steel Finishes: Chrome White Custom NOTE: All Nickel Teflon* sprinklers must use stainless steel escutcheons. Stainless steel and brass options are available painted black, white or custom. See current Price List for complete offering. For expansion plate information, please refer to submittal publication 40.84. * Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont Corporation. JOB OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date FRE PROTECTON PRODUCTS AUTOMAuIC SPRINKLER ACCESSORIES F :k' Escutcheunc FOR RECESSED OR FLUSH SPRINKLER INSTALLATION t/it'/65.1 C) OtT L1J 6510 mm 1591 mm 270 V29 EXTENDED ESCUTCHEON V29 FLUSH ESCUTCHEON 27 /e7 - P21113/16771 37 ji-irri /e"ntUI/ Adjustment to t 4 o: /1905 20.58 a: 20.64 Mm 12.70 min) a: 1'.70 mm V27 AND V34 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON V27 AND V34 FLUSH ESCUTCHEON * NOTE: THIS ESCUTCHEON CAN BE ADJUSTED TO RECESS ½ OR 3/VI12.70 OR 1905 MM FOR RECESSED OR FLUSH SPRINKLER INSTALLATION WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. i FIRE $POTCTON Fire Protection Contractor— License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2 Piping Specialties 2.2.A Sprinkler Alarm Valve Trade Name MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Ref. N Rating Ref Std Not Applicable 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105Vista, CA 92081 7602953861 - phone 7602963437 www.fitanfpinc.com Page 144 "I irP` FIRE 1!L9 PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2. B Sprinkler Test Fittings Trade MFG Description Name Not Applicable Pressure Catalog Model Publication Ref. Ref Std 280 Scott Sr; oct. Suite 105 VIsta, CA 92051 7602953861 phone 7602953437-fc www.titanfpinc.com Page 145 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2, C Water Flow Switch Trade Name MEG Description Catalog Model Pressure Publication Ref. Ratinq Ref Std 2880 Scott Sriee Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760293.3881 phone 760-2953437 - fa www.titanfpinc.com Page 146 \ i VSR, 1? / I I [J\ VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD m -aaasaiiT - -Specifications subject to change without notice. Ordering information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2" DNSO VSR-2 1144402 2 1/2 DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 3" DM10 VSR-3 1144403 3 1/2" VSR-3 1/2 1144435 4" DNIOO VSR-4 1144404 5" - VSR-5 t 14440 6" DNISO VSR-6 1144406 S.' DN200 VSR-8 1144405 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 General Information The Model VSR is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering Information chart. The VSR may also he used as a sectional waterfiow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 Gf'IvI (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the tie-vice. The how condition must exist lor a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCBAppnwed, For CE Marked (EN12259-5) /VdSApproved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) -Li Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM (l 5-38 LPM) - UL Maximum Surge: IX FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125!250VAC 2,0 A mps at 3OVDC Resistive 10 nA mps mm. at 24VDC Conduit En trances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: NEMA 4/1P54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fining. Temperature Range: 40°F- 120°F, (4.5"C-49°C)-1.JL Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-1 3 One or two family dwelling NFPA-1 3D Residential occupancy tip to four stories NFPA- 13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 WARNING Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. Shoe--k hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous location,.,. Serious injury or death could result. CAUTION I Waterfiow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFEF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Walerfiow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard limes. Enclosure The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A -field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. Pottet Electric Signal Coumanv, LLC - St. Louis, MO - Phone: 866-956-12II/Canada 888-882-1,833 - www.pottersignal.coin PRINTED IN LISA MFG. #5401146 REV I.. PAGE t OF 4 3/ti) POTT ER The Symbol of Protection %TSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD P - Installation (see Fig. I) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not he installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterilow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Dram the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. insert the vane SC) that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the watertlow. Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle. The hushing should lit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or hind in any way. àCAUTION Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device ftom operating and will void the warranty. Fig. 1 I.)ONOTI..E.4)'7.t (:087/F OPE FOR Retard Adjustment ..ts/ EIXTENDED PR/COD OF TLU'E The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adj ustment knob from 0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should he set at - the minimum required to prevent false alarms 'rN/Eli/N NI' IS ALTERNATELY MOUNT ON PIPE SO ,.\ RHIW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATEEFLOW CAUTION Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered .efer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect -E~~ O3 DIRECTION Ot \V5TERFLOW [(OIL ['ADDLE; IN 'OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATURFLOW (F/oiliEr ii'Uter activates device in one direction onip ) DWG 1146-11 5i1rnoi ADAPTER ADAPTER 20m. .L±m,, MAX, DNSO ONLY USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements ?vtoilel Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size 1.1_Bot1 Nuts Torque Schedule 10 (UL) Schedule 40 (UL) BS-1387 ILK) DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm 11-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DNSO 2.375 60.3 ((.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 (1.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25 -I- .125/.062 33.0± 2.0 20 27 VSR-2 1/2 2 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - . .. .. VSR-2 1/2 - 0N653.000 76.1 - - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DNSO 3.500 88.0 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 2.00+ 50.8±2(1 VSR-3 1/2 3.5 - 4.000 101.6 0.120 3.05 0.22.6 5.74 - - vSR4 4 DN 100 4.500 114.3 ((.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0,126 3.2 5 - 5.563 141.3 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 - - - - SR-6 [SR_8 SR-5 6 r3N150 6.625 [68.3 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45401146 - REV 1. PAGE 2 OF 4 3/09 Fig. 8 PAOE3OF 4 )POTTER The Symbol of Protection ---------- Fig. 2 To re-move knockouts: Place screwdriver at inside edge of knockouts, not in the center VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal _- cJt60 oG. 1146-16 A WARNING An uninsulated sction of single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may lender the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not ship wire beyond 3/S of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Break out thin section of cover when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections tELL Notes: I \I POWER SOURCE The Model VSR has two switches, one can he used to operate a central 1 I III Ifl 1 SUITABLE FOR BELL station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact I III LL Eli is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. ILF- A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical entry must he sealed to exclude moisture. - WAT})RH.,OW ZONE For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" EOLR ON POLL. PANEL drawing and wanting note (Fig. 4). 0 II Mft 4446i2 Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having .jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes. if there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must he tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig. 7 Mounting Dimensions 3.50 2.34 in (594 nIl PIPE DIA. U-BOLT NUT uaocr WASHER-- ( \ (33.4 mn) PIPE lQr PIPE— PLASTIC PADDlE— U-BOLT— PRINTED IN USA D56. 1146-14 NOMINAL PIPE DIA. 1175 in 144.5 MM) FOR ON /S--• ON 65 2-2 Sin IMINAt, PIPE DIA 2.125 in (1.14.6 MM) PORDN 61 -ON 21717 3-5), : MFG. .U5401146 - REV I 109 V, ..POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD -- Main ten atice Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterfiow switch should provide years of trouble-flee service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. in the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 6). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 6) The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterfiow switch from the pipe I. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterfiow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service, Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable). identify and remove all wires from the waterfiow switch. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstern. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. Re-install the (2) original mounting screws. S. Reconnect all wires. Pertbrin a flow test and place the system back in service. Fig. 6 REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING sCitcwS )tOl..DING RETARD/SW TEl-I ASSEMBLY TO r;.-\SI: no NOI RCMOV RETARD I IOU SCREWS [I it FAX 0 LI I' TH t N S [/C ]'iON OF CO VE it WHEN WIRING tIOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2) ORIGINAl.. MI:)LIN-FING CREWS RE:'i'Ak[sswITCil ASSEMBLY / 7iu (2) LOCATING PINS" fi i (2) LOCATE BOSSES IN DWG# 1146-10 Removal of \%a terIlow Switch To prevent accidental water damage, all control -valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterfiow detectors are removed or replaced. Turn off electrical power to the detector. then disconnect wiring. Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. Gently lift the saddle -far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterfiow detector saddle. Lift detector clear of pipe. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401(46 - REV C PACE 4 OF 4 3/09 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7770-0328:0001 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7770 -- VALVES/SWITCHES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BillWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Vane and pressure type water flow alarm switches listed below. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. Vane Types: VSR-CF VSR-D VSR-F VSR-SF VSR-FE-2 VS-SP VS-F VSR-SFG VSR-SFT VSG VSR VSR-S VSR-C VSR-ST VSR-SG Pressure Type: WFS-B WFSR-C WFSPD-B PS10 PS-1 OA PS-bOA WFSR-F PS100 INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and LL or FM label. APPROVAL: Listed as waterfiow alarm switches for use with fire sprinkler systems. Vane models may be used in wet pipe systems; pressure models may be used in wet or dry systems. Model VSR-CF is for use on K, L or M copper pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3", 4") and listed CPVC pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3"). Model VSR-SF for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2' and *2 steel, copper or listed plastic pipe. Model VSG is for low flow rate. Model VSR-SFG and VSR-SFT are for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 plastic pipe. Models VS-F, VSR-F, VSR-FE and VSR-FE-2 is for use on 2", 2-1/2", 3", 3-1/2", 4", 5", 6", 8" and 10' pipe. *Model VSR is for use on steel pipe sizes from 2" through 8". Vane type switches may be used outdoors when the outdoor temperature never falls below 40oF. Rev*5172007 jw This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2015 Listing Expires June 30, 2016 Authorized By: JAMES PARSEGIAN, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division TA FE PROTECTI ON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2. E Post Indicator Valve Trade MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Name Ratin Publication Ref. Ref Std 2880 Scott Sreet, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 7602953881 - phone 7602953437— fa, www.titanfpinc.com Page 15 MUELLER® A-20806 MUELLER® A-20806 ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL INDICATOR POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INDICATOR POST YEAR DATE 2000 TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF THE MODEL A-20806 VERTICAL INDICATOR POST GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Model A-20806 Vertical Indicator Posts (Ref. Figure A) are designed to operate 4 through 16 inch non-rising stem (inside screw) gate valves, which are used to control an underground Water supply to automatic sprinkler, water spray deluge, foam-water deluge, or standpipe firs protection systems. They permit operation of underground valves while providing an above ground visual indication as to whether the valves are open or shut, in addition to a means for locking the valves in a particular position. Indicator posts provide for valve operation from outside of the protected property and, therefore, the opportunity for more prompt valve operation in an emergency situation. adjustment of the post length during the initial installation; and, ready re-adjustment of the post length, if there is a modification in the location of the final grade. The A-20806 Posts will accommodate 4 through 16 inch size post indicator valves (PIV) requiring 14 to 50 turns to open and that are listed or approved for fire protection system service. Posts are provided "standard order" for use with left hand opening valves; however, they may be "special ordered for use with right hand opening valves or converted in the field for use with a right hand opening valve by changing the left hand opening Post Head to a right hand opening Post Head. The A-20806 Posts accept direct attachment of a /2 inch NPT mounting electric supervisory switching device which can be used by proprietary and central stations to monitor the open position of the A-20806 Post. Detailed information on the attachment of the Model PCVS-2 Supervisory Control Valve Switch (supplied by customer), which has two sets of SPDT Form C contacts, is given in the Technical Data section. APPROVALS AND STANDARDS Model A-20806 Indicator Posts are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL). They are approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation. The Model PCVS-2 Supervisory Control Valve Switch is listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada It is approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation. The PCVS-2 listings and approval are under the name of Potter Electric Signal Company. a WARNING The Model A-20806 Indicator Posts described herein must be installed and maintained In compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having Jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the integrity of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintaining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or manufacturer should be contacted relative to any questions. U_'VIuIIer C0.1 MAIN OFFICE DeeWrr. IL (217) 423-4471 CANADA - Mueller Currudu Inc., Millsrr, Orrtarie (905) 878-0541 Form 12111-9/05- I5M-I The Model A-20806 Indicator Post features a telescoping Stem that can be adjusted to its final position without field cutting of the Stem. The telescoping Stem also permits: easier setting of the "OPEN" and "SHUT" Target Plates Printed in USA. (before the Post is extended to its final position); easier MUELLER® A-20806 MUELLER® A-20806 ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL INDICATOR POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INDICATOR POST TECHNICAL DATA Indicator Posts: The A-20806 bolts directly onto the stuffing box flange of 4 through 16 inch post indicator valves (PIV) employing 2 inch operating nuts. The Bell attaches to a Ply mounting flange having four bolt holes spaced at 90" on a 101/2 inch diameter bob circle. The Bell has 3/4 inch clearance holes for the mounting bolts. The A-20806 has a 14 pitch Threaded Sleeve which can readily accommodate field positioning of the "OPEN" and "SHUT' Targets for 4 through 16 inch PIVa requiring 14 to 50 turns to open. The A-20806 is available in six different Order Lengths." Each Order Length" provides for adjustment of dimension "D" in Figure B, as indicated in Table 4. The Post Head can be adjusted relative to the Lower Barrel by using the two Set Screws located at the base of the Upper Barrel. The Stem requires no field cutting within the indicated adjustment range of each "Order Length.' Table 5 indicates the nominal trench depths which can be accommodated by each 'Order Length,' for the 4 through 16 inch Resilient Wedge PlVs based on the typical diameter of underground pipe. For PlVs with different 'B' dimensions, the minimum and maximum trench depths which will be accommodated by each "Order Length" can be calculated from the relationships given in Figure B. 'Standard order' Posts are factory set with the "OPEN" and "SHUT' Targets positioned for use with left hand (counter- clockwise) opening valves. An arrow on the Post Head indicated the left hand direction of opening. The position of the Targets may be reversed in the field, in order to accommodate a right hand opening valve, provided that the Post Head is changed to one indicating right hand opening. The Post Head and Bell are cast iron per ASTMA126 (Grade B). The Upper Barrel, Upper Stem, Lower Stem, Coupling, and Coupling Insert are carbon steel. The Lower Barrel is PVC DR14 (UL Listed). The Wrench and Operating Nut are ductile iron per ASTM A536. The Targets and Threaded Sleeve are ZYTEL, and the Cap is polypropylene. The Windows are made from PLEXIGLAS. The Post Head, Upper Barrel, and Wrench are painted red. NOMINAL INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS FOR MODEL A-20806 INDICATOR POSTS ORDER LENGTH DETERMINATION: TO DETERMINE WHICH 'ORDER LENGTH' IS NECESSARY (lE.,"A',"B", 'C", "D", "E',OR"F') FOR A GIVEN TRENCH DEPTH, FIRST CALCULATE DIMENSION 'D'AS FOLLOWS, AND THEN SELECTTHE APPROPRIATE ORDER LENGTH" FROM TABLE 4 THAT WILL BEST ACCOMMODATE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED LENGTH 'D'. 'D'(req'd) = TD'-'B'-'C' REFER TO TABLE 5 FOR NOMINALTRENCH DEPTHS WHEN USING MUELLER VALVES. MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TRENCH DEPTH DETERMINATION: THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TRENCH DEPTHS WHICH WILL BE ACCOMMODATED BY SPECIFIC ORDER LENGTH" CAN BE CALCULATED AS FOLLOWS BY USING THE MINIMUMAND MAXIMUM '0' DIMENSIONS GIVEN IN TABLE 4 'TD'(nnin.) = 'D' (mln) + 'B' + 'C' 'TD'(max.) = 'D' (max.) + 'B' + 'C' CARE AND MAINTENANCE The Model A-20806 Indicator Post does not require any regular schedule maintenance. It is recommended that Posts used to operate fire protection system water control valves be locked in the fully-open position using the Post Wrench as shown in Figure A. The locks must be sturdy and resistant to breakage except by heavy bolt cutters. It is also recommended that once a month a visual inspection procedure be followed, with the following items checked: The Post Head, Upper Barrel, and Windows have not been damaged. The Targets indicate that the valve is open. The Wrench is in place on the Post, and the Post is properly locked open. In addition, on a quarterly basis, the Post should be closed two turns and then reopened tight to verify that the Ply is in the full open position and properly engages with the Post and, that the Supervisory Switch contacts (if applicable) properly change position. Any damaged parts must be immediately replaced. The Post should also be physically tried to be sure that the valve is in the fully-open position, if there are any damaged parts, sigh of tampering, or the position of the valve is questionable. NOTES Before closing a fire protection system main valve for maintenance work on either the Post or fire protection systems which is controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must first be obtained from the proper authorities and al/ personnel who may be affected by this decision must be notified It is recommended that fire protection systems be inspected by a qualified Inspection Service. REPLACEMENT PARTS: Specify: (specify description) for use with Model A-20806 Indicator Post, Part No. (specify). 1-CL. Post Head .........................148692 1-OR. Post Head ........................148649 2-Upper Barrel ...........................147307 3-Lower Barrel "A" ........................148760 3-Lower Barrel "B" ........................148761 3-Lower Barrel "C" ........................148762 3-Lower Barrel "D" ........................148763 3-Lower Barrel "F' ........................148764 3-Lower Barrel "F' ........................148765 4-Bell ...................................148689 5a-Lower Stem Assembly "A" ...............287073 5a-Lower Stem Assembly "B" ...............287074 Ba-Lower Stem Assembly "C" ...............287075 5a-Lower Stem Assembly "D" ...............287076 5a-Lower Stem Assembly "F' ...............287077 5a-Lower Stem Assembly "F" ...............287078 5b-Coupling .............................290155 Sc-Coupling Insert ........................290156 5d-Long Cotter Pin ........................290154 6-Hex Head Cap Screw, /4-10 UNC x 1" .190560 7-Hex Socket Set screw /4-10 UNC x 1" .198428 8-Pipe Plug 3/4"NPT ......................198582 9-Window ...............................290146 11-Wrench ..............................148690-1 12-Upper Stem Assembly ...................287079 12a-A Square Op Nut ................Right 149691-1 12a-A Square Op Nut ...................Left 148691 12b-Springpin .............................190330 12c-Short Cotter Pin .......................290158 12d-Threaded Sleeve ......................148634 12e-Upperatem ...........................148633 13-Weather Cap ...........................290143 14-Retaining Ring .........................290157 15-Target Open ...........................290144 16-Target Shut ............................290145 17-Hex Bolt ...............................290191 18-Hex Nut ...............................190939 19-Washer ...............................290175 MUELLER® A-20806 MUELLER® A-20806 ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL INDICATOR POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INDICATOR POST Remove the Nipple from the PCVS assembly, and then with the Locknut screwed over the Nipple threads, hand tighten the Nipple into the 1/2 inch NPT hole provided in the Post Head, and then tighten the Locknut against the Post Head to secure the Nipple firmly in place. Refer to Figure E or F as appropriate, and note the direction in which the Trip Rod must move when the OPEN Target is returned to the Post Window. Slide the PCVS assembly as far as possible Onto the Nipple while maintaining proper orientation of the PCVS assembly, and then tighten the Set Screw that holds the PCVS assembly onto the Nipple. Attach leads from an electrical continuity meter to the appropriate terminals. Return the valve to its fully open position. Verify that the "OPEN" Target returns to the position noted in Step b. Also, verify that the Switch contacts change position within two turns of the valve being fully open. Begin to return the valve to its closed position. Verify that the Switch contacts change back to their original position within two turns from full open. NOTE If the Upper Stem Assembly binds before the ")PEW' Target reaches its full open position, or the switch contacts do not change position as described in Steps g and h, then the Targets must be readjusted. If the Targets require readjustment, close the PIV remove the PCVS assembly, and repeat Steps 6 and 11; however; when positioning the Targets, rotate both Targets at the same time as necessary so that the "OPEN" target will tnp the Actuator Rod of the PCVS Switch. Repositioning of the "OPEN" and "SHUT' Targets relative to each other should not be necessary. Repeat Steps b through h. 15 i. Remove the electrical continuity test leads. The external field wiring connections can now be made to the PCVS Switch. LEFT HAND OPENING tsi.',t is SHUT BY TURNING WRENCH TARGET TO THE RIGHT (CLOCKWISE) SWITCH TR P RAIL SWITCH ROD TARGETS Mr"E Up ASrVALVE IS SHUT ATTACHMENT OF THE PCVS-2 SWITCH FOR LEFT HAND OPENING VALVES RIGHT BYRD OPENING VALVE IS SHUT BY IlJRBiNG WRENCH SWITCH TO THE LEFT tcGWOERCLOCtaCO - CTUAT ROD TARGETS HOVE DOWN TARGET ,A5 VALVE SWITCH tpip is snur RAIL mw-n Dimensions In Inches Turns Valve To Size A B Open 14 32.12 29.62 46 16 37.00 34.50 53 Dimensions 'A'& 'B' for Mueller (IBBM) Double Disc Post Indicator Valves Pipe Dimension 'C' Size in Inches 4 2.40 6 3.45 8 4.53 10 5.55 12 6.60 14 7.65 16 8.70 Dimension 'C'- 1/2 of Pipe O.D. (Typical for underground pipe) Dimensions In Inches Turns Valve To Size A B Open 4 14.31 12.72 141/2 6 18.12 16.53 201/2 8 21.25 19.66 27 10 26.38 24.79 331/2 12 29.50 27.91 391/2 14 30.75 29.15 4314 16 35.88 34.28 49 Dimensions 'A'& 'B' for Mueller Resilient Wedge Post Indicator Valves Dimension 'D' Order in Inches Length Mitt. Max. "A" 17.25 39.25 36.00 60.25 57.00 81.25 78.00 102.25 99.00 123.25 "F' 120.00 144.25 Dimension 'D' as a function of "Order Length" NOTE ____ Use of a weathertight conduit connector with a gasket seal ATTACHMENT OF THE PCVS-2 SWITCH is recommended. FOR RIGHT HAND OPENING VALVES Valve NOMINAL TRENCH DEPTHS FOR MUELLER RESILIENT WEDGE POST INDICATOR VALVES Size Order Length "A" Order Length "B" Order Length "C" Order Length "D" Order Length "E" Order Length "F" Mitt. Max. Mitt. Max. Mitt. Max. Mitt. Max. Mitt. Max. Mitt. Max. 2 63" 6'0" 8'O" 7'8" 9'8" 9'5" 11'5" jj' 13'3" - 6" 31" 49' 47' 67" 64" 84' 82' 102" 99' 119' 117' 137' 8" 1 36" 53' 50" 70' 68" &8.1 85' 105" 103" 123" 120" 140' 10" 311 58" 1 55" 75' 73' 93" 90" 11,0" 108" 128" 12'5" 14'5" 12" 44" 61" 59" 79" 76" 96' 94' 114" 111' 131" 129' 149' 14" 46" 63" 61' 81" 78' 98' 96' 116" 113' 133" 131' 151' 16' 50' 69" 66" 1--86"J 3' 104" 1 101" 1 121" 118" 1 139" 136" 156' 'Forthe 14 and IC' Manlan IBBM DanGle Disc Gala VALe or Nanr.Maalan vaNes. see the inslarnloin on page it 6 3 MUELLER® A-20806 ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL INDICATOR POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Supervisory Control Valve Switch: Figures E and F illustrate attachment of the Model PCVS-2 Supervisory Control Valve Switch (supplied by customer). The PCVS-2 has two switches with SPDT (Form C) contacts. Screw type wiring terminals are marked as to their COM, NO or NC designation. Each set of Contacts is rated as follows: 125/250 VAC 5.00 Amps 0 to 30 VCD... 2.50 Amps INSTALLATION The A-20806 Post Targets must be posudoned for use with the appropriate number of turns to open the post indicator valve. Improper positioning of the Targets can result in an erroneous indication of the open or shut position of the valve. The A-20806 will accommodate positioning of the Targets to operate PIVs requiring 14 to 50 turns to open. NOTE The Targets for the A-20806 Indicator Post have been factory set for use with a 1 6 inch Mueller PIV Consequently Steps 6 through 10 need not be performed when installing the A-20806 Post with a 6 inch Mueller' PIV or with a Ply that requires 20-1/2 turns to open. Proceed to install the Post as follows Completely close the PIV. Place approximately 5 inch high blocks onto the stuffing box flange of the installed valve. Set the Indicator Post onto the blocks and generally centered over the PIV operating nut. Slide out the Shipping Disk (17), and allow the Coupling (Sb) to drop down over the Ply operating nut. Attach the Coupling to the operating nut with the Cotter Pin (Sd). Remove the blocks and lower the Indicator Post Onto the PIV stuffing box flange. Bolt the Bell and stuffing box flange together using the four Cap Screws and Nuts (18. 19). Also at this time make certain that the three Cap Screws (6) securing the Bell (4) to the Lower Barrel (3) are uniformly tightened. NOTES If the pipe is sloped, it may be necessary to shim some of the Cap Screws (18) with steel washers, so that the Post will be plumb and the Stem will run true with the center of 2 Up,tet Bartel 4 Be S. La tee Stem A Fee 'P Later Stem b.00a5,n5 C. C cad t flQ OS Ott a. Cotten En. t/4,3t2teqt HeX Head Cap Sc, 3,a.iOUNC (S tape) Net Socket Set Sc 3(4-IOUNC at' 9. Prpe Rag. 1,22 NP 9. W,ndee(2,.q M IT 12. Upper Stem a. Opetaleg Nat U. Seeke En, rid...2 IM e UpSet Stem Wealrtet Cap Heta,n,ngRr,t5 OPEN Ta,gdt to. Sour macSet 7. Hex Head Cap Sp,ea. 5/9-ItUN 2-t/4/4tekto a He, Nat. 59.1tk Ia. eta MODEL A-20806 VERTICAL INDICATOR POST ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS the Post Head. Coupling clearances can accommodate a maximum pipe slope of 5 degrees. It is recommended that a spirit level be used to set the vertical alignment of the Indicator Post Order Lengths "C" through "F," partially backfill the trench to a level 4 feet below the final grade. Backfilling at this point will help maintain vertical alignment of the A-20806 Post while completing the installation. Loosen the Set Screw (7), and lift the Post Head! Upper Stem Assembly (1, 12) just high enough to insert a philips head screwdriver through Hole "A" in the Upper Stem (12e). The philips head screwdriver will temporarily hold the Post Head (1) above the upper Barrel (2). Remove the Wrench (11), pry off the Cap (13), remove the Retaining Ring (14), remove the Washer (20), and then lift the Post Head clear of the Upper Stem Assembly (12). Position the Targets per Figure D Replace the Post Head (1), Washer (20), Retaining Ring (14), and Cap (13). Remove the philips head screwdriver, lower the Post Head, and tighten the Set Screw (7). Using the Wrench (11), open and close the valve and check to see that the "SHUT" and "OPEN" Targets are clearly in view in the Windows, at their respective positions, and that there is no feeling of binding of the Upper or Lower Stem Assemblies (5,12). It is recommended that the turns to open/close be counted and compared to the valve manufacturer's specification, in order to verify full valve opening. NOTES If there is any indication of binding of the internal operating parts, the vertical alignment of the indicator Post must be corrected. If the Target Plates are not properly in view completely close the PIV and then repeat Steps 6 through 11. Loosen the two Cap Screws (6) at the base of the Upper Barrel (2) and then slide the Post Head up until the Bury Line of the Post Head coincides with the planned finished grade. Tighten the two Set Screws (6) at the base of the Post Head with a torque of 40 to 60 ftlbs. When properly installed, the centerline of the Target Windows will be 30 inches above the finish grade. -t- mttasrda Ii XLI cUtEr \aaj tt" (0 rc SZE O_9 SCrIP Fop LEFT HattO FOP P1603 HUMP opr,,urGvaLvFS 0eEU,NC. VALVES HOT- FOR '_ES -IFACTUR6D 9Y OTHER THAI' NIUELLSR 10-- SET 10 fltaEtlulatl ,:'Caccet.coEoas;SLLOWS .t 'V'IllllIUPES= POSITIONING OF TARGETS Back-fill to final grade and repeat Step 11. Tighten the switch mounting hole plug if the Model PCVS-2 Supervisory Control Valve Switch is not to be immediately attached. Proceed to install the Model PCVS-2 Supervisory Control Valve Switch (supplied by customer) as follows: iSa. Remove the Cover from the PCVS assembly, and then loosen the Trip Rod Locking Screw. Adjust the position of the Trip Rod so that it extends about 1-3/8 inches beyond the Nipple, and then securely tighten the Trip Rod Locking Screw. 15 b. Rotate the Post Operating Nut until the PIV is fully open. Note the position of one of the 'OPEN" Targets in its Window. 15c. Rotate the Operating Stem until the "OPEN" Targets are out of the Post Windows. Note the direction in which the "OPEN" Target will move when it is returned to the Post Window. MUELLER® A-20806 ADJUSTABLE VERTICAL INDICATOR POST i4 f i r L; FUE PROTECT 4 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :4020 1 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.F Backflow Preventer Trade MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Name Rating Publication Ref. Ref Std 288() Scott Street, Suite 105- VIsta, CA 92081 760-295-3881 phone' 760-295-3437 - fa> www. fitanfpinc. corn Page 157 leaks and unauthorized water use. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE (HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL) ASSE® Listed 1048 A\MNA Compliant C510 (with gates only) CSA® Certified (4° - 8) UL® Classified C-UL® Classified FM® Approved Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University of Southern California NYC MEA 221-04M-2 (2 1/2 - 8) MATERIALS Main valve body Access covers Coatings Internals Fasteners & springs Elastomers Polymers Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 Ductile Iron ASTM A 536 Grade 4 FDA Approved electrostatic epoxy finish Stainless steel, 300 Series NORYLTM, NSF Listed Stainless Steel, 300 Series EPDM (FDA approved) Buna Nitrile (FDA approved) NORYLTM, NSF Listed MODEL 350ADA with OS&Y option MODEL 350ADA with BGVIC option J L . \ t) L" rl I 'TT /\ L ,1 J •. APPLICATION Designed for installation on potable water lines connections in fire sprinkler systems to protect against both backsiphonage and * .9 4 backpressure of polluted water into the potable water supply. Model 350ADA shall provide protection where a potential health hazard does not exist. Incorporates metered by-pass to detect - 71, Ik. (with OS&Y gates (with BGVIC valves) FEATURES Sizes: Li 21/2* Li 3fl* Li 4" Li 6° L18" LI1O" Maximum working water pressure 175 PSI Maximum working water temperature 140°F Hydrostatic test pressure 350 PSI End connections (Grooved for steel pipe) A\.WJA C606 (Flanged) ANSI B16.1 Class 125 *2 1/2" & 3" sizes use 4° body & reducer couplings OPTIONS (Suffixes can be combined) Li - with flanged end OS & Y gate valves (standard) Li L - less shut-off valves (grooved body connections) Li LM - less water meter LI - with remote reading meter Li - with gpm meter (standard) Li - with cu ft/min meter Li G - with grooved end OS&Y gate valves Li FG - with flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection Li P1 - with Post Indicator Gate Valves (4-10) LIBGVIC - with grooved end butterfly valves ACCESSORIES LI Repair kit (rubber only) Li Thermal expansion tank (Model XT) Li OS & Y Gate valve tamper switch (OSY-40) Li Test Cock Lock (Model TCL24) DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS (do not include pkg.) WEIGHT MODEL 350ADA WITHOUT WITH OS&Y WITH OS&Y WITH BUTTERFLY SIZE GATES GATES (GXF) GATES (GXG) VALVES (GXG) in nirn lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs. kg 2 1/21 65 105 47.5 207 94 199 90.3 1238t 562 3 80 104 47 224 101.5 214 97 124.4 56.5 4 100 91 41.3 245 111 219 99.4 123 55.8 6 150 141 64 377 171 347 158 193 87.6 8 200 3021 137 778 353.2 754 342.3 410 186 10 250 355j 161 1040 472.7 918 4165 527 239.3 MODEL DIMENSION (approximate) 350 ADA SIZE in Innnn A in I mm AWTH BUTTERFLY VALVES in I mm BLESS GATE VALVES in Innnn C in Innnn D in Innnn E OS&Y OPEN in I mm E OS&Y CLOSED in I mm EWITH BUTTERFLY VALVES in Imm F in mm G in Innnn 21/2 65 351/8 892 321/8 816 201/8 511141/2 114 9 229 163/8 416 137/81 352 8 203 6 152 71/4 184 3 80 .361/8 918 33 838 201/8 511141/2 114 9 229 187/8 479 155/81 397 8 203 6 152 71/4 184 4 100 381/4 972 331/4 845 197/8 505 41/2 114 9 229 1 223/4 578 181/41 464 91/8 232 6 152 8 203 6 150 471/4 1200 401/4 1022 257/8 6571 51/2 140 101/2 267 301/8 765 101/8 257 7 178 10 254 8 200 62 1575 55 1397 381/2978 10 254 12 305373/4 959 2t3/4603 2 1115/16 303 81/2 216 11 279 10 250 I 645/8 I 1642 581/2 I I 1485381/2 978 10 254 I 125 453/4 I 1162 3 I 135/16 338 81/2 216 I 12 305 WE i 111M. _____ Attention: Model 350ADA (grooved body) and Model 3500A (flange body) have different lay lengths. 50.5 104 S 0. 69 20 104 U) 69 35 o 4000 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS MODEL 350ADA2 1/2",3'&4(STANDARD&METRIC) FLOW RATES (Its) 0.0 12.6 25.2 37.9 O 15 In 0- RONNIE ---.___-! Tm- 200 400 600 FLOW RATES (GPM) MODEL 350ADA 6,8" & 10" (STANDARD & METRIC) FLOW RATES (us) 63.1 126.2 189.3 -i =.=—. -----=. 0 1000 2000 3000 FLOW RATES (GPM) 10 w (I) Co LU 0 0.0 15 0 Co 10 U' Rated Flow (Established by approval agencies) TYPICAL INSTALLATION Local codes shall govern installation requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the assembly shall be mounted at a mini- mum of 12" (305mm) and a maximum of 30 (762mm) above adequate drains with sufficient side clearance for testing and maintenance. The installation shall be made so that no part of the unit can be submerged. Capacity thru Schedule 40 Pipe (GPM) Pipe size 5 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec lOft/sec 15 ft/sec 2 112 75 112 149 224 3 115 173 230 346 4" 198 298 397 595 6" 450 675 900 1351 8" 780 1169 1559 2339 10" 1229 1843 2458 3687 12" 1763 2644 3525 1 5288 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE i\ - - I LU LU I I 12 MIN, I I 30" MAX. I DIRECTION OF FLOW MODEL 350ADABGVIC (VERTICAL INSTALLATION) MODEL 350ADA (OUTDOOR INSTALLATION) SPECIFICATIONS The Double Check Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be ASSES Listed 1048, and supplied with full port gate valves. The main body and access cover shall be epoxy coated ductile iron (ASTM A 536 Grade 4), the seat ring and check valve shall be NorylTM (NSF Listed), the stem shall be stainless steel (ASTM A 276) and the seat disc elastomers shall be EPDM. The first and second check valves shall be accessible for maintenance without removing the device from the line. The Double Check Detector Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be a WILKINS Model 350ADA. WILKINS a Zurn company, 1747 Commerce Way, Paso Robles, CA 93446 Phone: 805/238-7100 Fax:805/238-5766 IN CANADA: ZURN INDUSTRIES LIMITED, 3544 Nashua Dr., Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1 L2 Phone:905/405-8272 Fax:905/405-1292 Product Support Help Line: 1 -877-BACKFLOW (1-877-222-5356) • Website: hftp://www.zurn.com Page 2 of 2 FR POTr CT I Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1 3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2. G Supervisory Switches 2.2. G. 1 Post Indicator Valves Trade Pressure MFG Description Catalog Model Name Ratinq Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 S Suite 105 CA 92081 pflon&. 95 www.titanfpinc.com Page 160 PCVSA, 2 CONTROL VALVE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH rtaai:aa . ratti Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts for 1/2 conduit provided. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA- 13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-] 3D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 The Model PCVS is a weather proof and tamper resistant switch 11)r monitoring the open position of fire sprinkler control valves of the post indicator, buttertly and other types. Depending on the model, one or two SPDT (Form C) contacts are provided which will operate when the valve position is altered from an open state. The unit mounts in a 1/2 NPT tapped hole in the post indicator or butterfly valve housing. The device is engaged by the indicating assembly of the post indicator or the operating mechanism of the butterfly valve, actuating switch(es) when the valve is fully open. The unit should he installed where it is accessible for service. The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and Ordering tnforrnation UL, I TLC, and CS.FM Listed, FM Approved, P YMEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 4.75L x 2.25W z 8.2"H (stein extended) 12,1cm Lx 5,7cm W x 18,3cm H Weight: 1.35 lb. (0161 kg.) Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast Finish - Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All pails have corrosion resistant finishes. Cover Tanipei: Tamper Resistant Screws, Optional cover tamper switch kit available Mounting: 1/2' NPT Contact Rating: PCVS-1: One set of SPI)T (Form C) PCVS-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at I 25/2SOVAC 2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (IP67) when used with appropriate watertight conduit littings. Indoor or Outdoor Use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See bulletin no. 5400694 PIVS-U-EX fbr hazardous locations.) should he left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See ordering information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch Afield installablccovertamperswitehis available asan option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See ordering information. Testing The PCVS and its associated protective monitoring system should be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). Model Description Stock No. PCVS-E Potter Control Valve Switch (single switch) 10 10107 PCVS-2 Potter Control Valve Switch (double switch) 1010207 -- Cover Screw 5490424 -- hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments 5250062 PBK.-S Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - Up to 12' (300mm) 0090133 PBK1, Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - 14' (355mm) and Up 0090132 PVK Pratt Valve Kit 1000060 -- Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 10090131 KBK Kennedy Butterfly Valve Kit I0090143 For pressure reducer type valve installation kits (if required) contact valve manufacturer. Potter Electric Signal Company St. Louis, MO Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com = = PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45400980 - REV V PAGE I OF 4 Sf09 POTTER The Symbol of Protection Si 2t Fig. I Dimensions 4" L if 3.01) 7.6'm) F'"1 II3;2fl; 5.21) 75 5 (I14cs,) O)2fl oj 51)51 RPTRACT 1.20 EI) SNI) 5 0psi . .12 IIRFAKAWSVSF.CTION'j,,,_ f' II.30sms Rr, MOVED 1 1 I I 7.0)55) 151)5) UNTUNDUD 4 Fig. 2 Parts 2,11 (5.7in) 111505 SR ILl IVIlIFRI VOl SPOIl N SLAPS N. 2.Kcnn KNOCKOUTS FOR 1.56 U PCVS.I., 2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH (ORI'IUNI) SURER TRIP SIR) LOCKING S 1)0 I' W 101 HEAD LT. 00511 IRIS 115_I Typical Installations On Post Indicator Valve Housings (See Figs. 3 Thru 6) Refer to Fig. 2 for the location of parts described in the following instructions. Note: Ifthe sprinkler system is in service (lie owner orauthorizedrepresentative should be notified, before any work is clone on the system, that tile valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing ot this device, resulting in all or portions of the system being inoperative during these periods. If the system is not in service and valve is closed, be sure that opening the valve will not allow any unwanted water (low clue to openings in the system, such as heads off, broken or incomplete piping, etc. Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN" should appear in the window of the housing). Partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assembly moves. Reopen the valve, If the valve housing is predrilied with a 1/2" NPT for installation of a nlonitonng sovitch, remove tile 1/2' plug and tislly open the valve. Make sure that "OPEN" appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6. Remove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve lnanutacturer is recommended). if the target assembly moved up as the valve was closed, tneasiire the distance from the bottom of the head to the lower part of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly, on a side adjacent to the "OPEN/SHUT" plates. Subtract 1/8" from the measurement. if the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance tronl the bottom of the head to the upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of tite PCVS (see Fig. 4). Add I/h" (3.2tmn) to this measurement. Mark the housing at tile. proper location. Using a 23/32" (I 8.2mm) drill hit, drill and then tap a 1/2" NPT in the housing oil the side that coincides with file portion of the target assembly that will engage (lie trip rot] of the PCVS. Replace tue head and target assembly. 6 Loosen the socket head screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple, Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. Screw the nipple into the .1/2" NPT hole in the valve hoasing - hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the valve housing to secure the nipple firmly in place. insert a scale or probe tisru the ttipple to tneasure the distance frotn the t'R.tNTt/.D IN USA open end of the nipple to the target assembly. Subtract 1/2" (12,5mm) frorn this tneasuretllcnt. NOTE: In sonic cases, it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9. Tighten the locking screw to ibId the rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod ftomn the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) mdl long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step ii procedure. Partially close the valve (3 to 4 revolutions of the hatldle/hand wheel). Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches svhetl the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in tile collar. Carefully open the valve to the fully open position.As the target moves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should he a minitnuln overtravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle/ iland wheel after the switch(es) actuate In continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is (Inc method that could be used to determine this). iS. Slowly close the valve. The switch Illust operate daring tile first two revolutions ot the handle/hand wheel or during i/S of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. NOTE: Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary (consultation with valve tuanufacturer is recommended). 16. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and the signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. IT Wlletl the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. 18. Alternative installation for other post indicator valve housing shown in Fig. 5 and 6. MR. 15400950 - REV V PAGE 2 OF 4 5/09 B9 rod in place. Re-install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw in the collar against the nipple. Note: in some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). Carefully open the valve to its frill open position, as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate ( a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Note: Slightadjustmen.tofgearstopsmayhenecessarytopreventoverlravel of the trip rod (consultation with valve manufacture is recommended). B1O.Carefiilly close the valve. The switch(s) must operate during the first two revolutions of the crank or hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. Dii . Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should he operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and frilly open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. 1312.When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. W~_ POTTER -01 The Symbol of Protection Fig. 3 Fig. 4 PCVS1, 2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fin. 5 Fig. 6 METAL PLAT P IT P P [AC P OP TAKGUT 113 9' LIXILL_ Ho M0% ISSHUF N DAT 131 Notes: Subject to the approval of the "authority having jurisdiction" the 2. If the target is stationary, and a hood arrangement is used, such as alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must be drilled with a 23/32" drill and this method, one of the glass windows of the housing is replaced tapped with a 1/2" NPT. The centerline of this hole should he 1/8" with a 1/4 thick metal plate that is cut to fit in place of the glass below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip and drilled and tapped to receive the 1/2" NPT pipe nipple. In rod. The Il 3/8" dimension shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible some cases it may he necessary to attach an angle bracket to the conduit must be used for this type of installation. target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Typical Installation On A Butterfly Valve (See Figs. 9 And 10) Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the IblIowing instructions: 13]. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from the gear operator case. B2. Loosen the set screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. 131 Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. 134. Screw the nipple into the 1/2' NPThole in thegear opemtor..handtighten. Tighten the locknut against the case, to secure the nipple firmly in place. BS, Partially close the valve (3 or 4 revolutions of the hand wheel or crank). 136. Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. B7 Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. Note: if trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step B7 procedure. B8. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32" (0,80mm) (this dimension is important,). Tighten the locking screw to hold the Fig. 7 11i'eakin7Excessive d Length Fig. 8 Switch Terminal C 't onnections Clamping Plate erminal ACAUTIO:N An uninsulated section u/a single conductor shoutdnot he looped around the / terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wite must be severed, \s thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. tN1 I 1r, OSA MR) 45400980 - any v PAGE 3 OF 4 5/0') PCVSI, 2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH Dresser Indicating Butterfly Valve Fig. 10 IaiJ (i3rniinI . PoTTER The Symbol of Protection == I'll' Grinnell/Kennedy Indicating Butterfly Valve Fig. 9 VALVU PARTIALLY CLOSED VAl.vIi1'I'IiN Typical Pressure Reducer Type Valve Installation Fig. ii COLLAR it I ('lain) MIS. liAr This figure show stile Model PCVS mounted Oil tile valve yoke, witha bracket supplied by the salve manufacturer. to supervise a pressure red ttcer type valve. Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. PBK - Pratt IBV Butterfly Vislve Kit Fig. 12 LSJL BOIl- BRACK1) AND LOuTINI. NpLilU Et P11 MOUND Kit Model PBK-t N.5 Stock No. 0090132 (MDT-4S Actuator) Model PBK-M Stock No. 0090146 (MDT-3S Actuator) Model P0K-S Stock No. 0090133 (lv4[)T-2S Actuator) Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model WV Valve. Kit, contain: Bracket, nuts and instructions Note: This application is subject to the approval oftltc authority having iurisdiction. PVK - Pratt PIVA Post Indicator Valve Kit (Stock No. 1000060) Fig. 13 MACil INK SCREW #5-32 Pratt Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model PIVA Valve. Kit contains: Instructions, template, screw and nut. Note: This application is subject to the approval of tile authority having jurisdiction. Typical Electrical Connections Please Note: This device should be wired in accordance with the applicable pails of the National Electrical Code. all state and local codes, applicable NFPA Standards and the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Fig. 14 LLiRLLIT NO \ 151111 AnMi TO POW LR I OR OUVICtI TI}SUPURVISORY L CIRCUIT UI CONTROL -c USD01 LINE PANL'L IOM. A N.C. < RIiSISIi)I( Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition Lypical Switch Action OPUS VALVE POSt ruts ccliscl) SALVE 'ItSITIliN LON1. WM. 'W41 COW IN-c OWLS Slut, Ii Switches Shown in Valve Open Position PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400950 - REV v PAGE 4 OF 4 5/Ut) w / FIRE PROTECT :N Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3CC - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.G.2 OS&Y Gate Valves Trade Pressure Publication Ref. MFG Description Catalog Model Name Rating Ref Std Not Applicable 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 Vista. CA 92081 7602953861— phone 760295-3437fa. www.titanfpinc.com Page 165 Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :4020 1 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.G.3 Zone Control Valves Trade MFG Description Catalog Model Pressure Name Rating Not Applicable Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott Street. Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760295-338 I phone 760-2952437 fa, www.titanfpinc.com Page 166 F IRS, PROTECTION Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.H Fire Department Connections 2.2.H.2 Inlets /Outlets Trade Pressure MFG Description Catalog Model Name Rating Publication Ref Ref. Std 2880 Scott Street. Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760295388 I phone 7602953437 - fa www.titanfpinc.com Page 167 Figure No. 6405 Figure No. 6407 E1 1.:[ jI [i !t4 tLIi)LV&iI I4 An exposed auxiliary inlet connection with 500 G.P.M. inlet capacity to supplement fire protection water supply. Exposed design provides an economical method of satisfying Fire Dept. inlet requirements. STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast brass two-way inlet body only with single swing clapper and pin lug swivel back or angle outlet connection as selected by figure number. SPECIFY THREAD. BRANDING: Auto Spkr. FINISH: Cast Brass *U/L LISTED AND FM APPROVED OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB - Polished Brass RC - Rough Chrome Plated PC - Polished Chrome Plated Model Outlet Style Dimensions A B C 6405 Back 5 1/4 8 5/64 1 61/2 6407 Angle 1 65/16 7 11/16 43/4 6405 Back Outlet I 6407 Angle Outlet DOUBLE CLAPPER TWO-WAY INLETS An exposed auxiliary inlet connection with 500 G.P.M. Inlet /--- -\ capacity to supplement fire protection water supply. Exposed . ' ' design provides an economical method of satisfying Fire Department Inlet requirements STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Cast brass two-way inlet body only with double drop clappers and pin lug swivels; back or angle Figure No. 6410-6415 outlet connection as selected by figure number. Branding 6410 Back Outlet as selected. SPECIFY THREAD AND BRANDING. BRANDING: "Standpipe", 'Auto Spkr.", 'Standpipe- I' Sprinkler' FINISH: Cast Brass OPTIONAL FINISHES - PB Polished Brass RC - Rough Chrome Plated '-.': :..•--" PC - Polished Chrome Plated Figure No. 6420-6425 6420 Angle Outlet *UIL LISTED AND FM APPROVED NY BSA-MEA APPROVED Outlet Style Size Dimensions Back Angle A B C D E *6410 4 X 21/2X21/2 95/8 121/4 6420 4 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 11 3/4 95/8 71/4 *6412 ______ 6 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 101/4 11 3/4 6422 6 X 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 121/2 101/8 71/2 6413 4 X 3 X 3 10 121/2 6423 4 X 3 X 3 121/2 101/8 71/2 6414 5 X 3 X 3 10118 121/2 6424 5 X 3 X 3 121/4 101/2 71/2 6416 6 X 3 X 3 1 103/8 121/2 6425 1 6 X 3 X 3 1 121/4 107/8 71/4 Page 6-15 rr H I FIRE POTETON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :40201 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2. H. 3 Check Valves Trade Pressure MFG Description Catalog Model Name Ratinq Publication Ref. Ref Std 2880 Scott Street, Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 7602953881 phone - 760-295-3437 fa www.titanfpinc.com Page 169 UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC. 714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317 Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com isogool ItEGISTERED COMP414T Model 68 Threaded Check Valve Male NPTx Female NPT UL Listed. FM Approved *As antiwater hammer check valve for fire pump service only! 250 WOG @ 180 'Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL Body Ductile Iron 2 Seat Ring Assembly Bronze 3 Seat Ring Gasket Buna 4 Pipe Plug Steel 5 Screw Stainless Steel rcuciiON LOSS FLOW GPM Size A B C D 4" 8.56 3.44 6.25 3.00 Ship Wgt. (lbs.) Qty. Per Ctn. 17.0 1 28 OOFIRE PROTECTI ON Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Libra,y (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :4020 1 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3. C - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression 2.2.H.4 Label Trade MFG Description Name Not Applicable Catalog Model Pressure Ratina Publication Ref. Ref Std 2801 Scott Street. Suite 105 Vista, CA 92081 760-295-3881--phone- 760-295-3437—fax www.titanfpinc.com Page 171 Nil Y 11 Nfl LL] Ltâb i FIRE PROTECTU Fire Protection Contractor - License #989280 Carlsbad Library (Dove) City of Carlsbad Contact :4020 1 Carlsbad Dove Library Submittal: 1.3.0 - Product Data Carlsbad, CA Fire Suppression SECTION 210500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION 1.3.0 SUBMITTALS - PRODUCT DATA PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.3.A.2 Cast iron Fittings Trade Name MFG Description Mechanical - T Victaulic Mechanical T Mechanical - T Victaulic Outlet - T Catalog Model Pressure Ratina 920/920N/ 500 psi 920 Cross 922 Publication Ref ASTM A395 ASTM 395 Ref. Std UL/ FM UL/ FM 2880 Scott Strec 760295-3881 .-• Phone 760-295-3437 www.titanfpinc.com Page STYLES 920 AND 920N Victaulic MechanicalT® Outlet provides a direct branch connection at any location a hole can be cut in pipe. The hole is cut oversize to receive a "holefinder" locating collar which secures / the outlet in position permanently. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D. At Cross-type connections can be achieved by utilizing two upper housings of the same style and size, with the same or differing branch size connections. NOTE: Style 920 and Style 920N - housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve a cross connection. Style 920 and Style 920N Mechanical-T outlets are available with grooved or female threaded STYLES 920 AND 920N outlet. Specify choice on order. Units are supplied painted with plated bolts. Galvanized hous- ings are available, supplied with plated bolts. All sizes of Style 920 and 920N are rated at 500 psi/345OkPa working pressure on Schedule 10 and 40 carbon steel pipe. They may also be used on high density polyethylene or poly- butylene (HDPE) pipe. Pressure ratings on HDPE are dependent on the pipe rating. Contact Victaulic for ratings on other pipe. Style 920 and 920N are not recommended for use on PVC plastic pipe. Standard piping practices dictate that the Mechanical-T Styles 920 and 920N must be installed so that the main and branch connections are a true 90° angle when permanently attached to the pipeline surface. Additionally, the Vic-Tap Il® hole cutting tool, which allows for hole cutting capabilities on pressurized systems, utilizes the Style 920 Mechanical-T in conjunction with the Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve to create the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit. See page 8 for further information. IN 'S STYLE 920 CROSS PATENTED MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing/Coating; Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, with orange enamel coating. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (Specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nifrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Approved Date GROOVED OUTLET FEMALE THREADED OUTLET Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-T cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500psi/3450kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2750 x 15mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100mm CARBON ST EEL PiPE HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Fechnail L d Lh jets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. 2 /2b)a 500 1.50 2.00 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.1 50 920N 15 3450 38•151 64 - 41 1361 70 1,51 ON 500 1.50 197 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 31 - 20 - 3450 38.1 50 64 41 136 70 1.5 (a) 500 1.50 1.85 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.0 25 3450 38.1 47 64 - 41 136 70 1.4 1 H ).t5 9'ON 500 1.75 2.05 2.75 3.00 1.61 5.35 3.00 3.5 3.2 .52 3450 44.5 52 70 76 41 136 76 1.7 1.5 1 /H'ta 9'ON 500 1.75 2.03 2.75 3.12 1.61 5,35 3.25 3.6 3.2 40 3450 44.5 52 70 79 41 13. 83 1.7 1.5 I 920N 500 1.50 2.21 2.74 - ' 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 65 ' 15 3450 38.1 56 70 46 143 70 1.4 92ON 500 1,50 2.18 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 20 3450 38.1 55 70 46 143 70 1.4 I (½50 9?ON 500 1.50 2.06 2.74 - .82 5.64 215 2.9 - 25 3450 38.1 52 70 46 143 70 1.4 1 V t) 920N 500 175 230 300 325 a 629 300 35 32 32 3450 44.5 58 76 83 46 160 76 1.7 1.5 aOO 100 723 300 3.25 18' 626 325 36 33 910N 40 3450 50.8 58 76 83 46 159 ' 83 1.7 1.6 300 1.50 2.22 2,75 2.25 6.46 3,18 3.9 - 76'1 x '15 - 9'0N 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8 1/4 (a) 300 1.50 2.19 2.75 2.25 6.46 . 3.18 3.9 - 20 2065 38.1 56 70 57 '164 81 1.8 1(a) 92014 300 1.50 2.07 2.75 - , 2.25 6.46 3,18 3.8 25 2065 38.1 53 70 ' 57 164 ' 81 1.7 15(3) 0 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 , 3.00 3.5 3.2 9'ON 32 3450 44,5 58 76 84 49 160 76 1,6 1.5 15(a) 0 920N 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.31 1.92 6,29 3.25 3.5 3.3 40 3450 50.8 58 76 84 49 160 83 1,6 1,5 3 5(a) c 9'ON 500 1.50 2.52 3.05 2.28 ' 6.15 2.75 3.4 - 80 ' 15 3450 38.1 64 , 78 58, 156 70 1.6 5(a) a 500 1.50 2.49 3.05 228 , 615 2.75 3.4 9'ON 20 3450 381 63 78 58 15r 70 1.6 1(a) 500 1.50 2.38 3.06 2.28 6.15 2.75 , 3.3 25 3450 38.1 61 78 58 156 70 1.6 - 15(a) ta 500 1.75 2.55 ' 3.25 3.56 2.28 615 3.00 3.8 3.7 9?ON 32(b) - 3450 44.5 65 83 90 53 156 76 1,8 1,8 116 (a( tD 920N 500 2.00 2,78 3.50 3.56 2.28 6,15 3.25 4.1 3.8 40 (b) 3450 50.8 71 89 90 58 156 83 1.9 1.8 2(a) a 500 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.56 228 6,75 3.88 4.9 46 920N 50 3450 63.5 70 89 90 58 172 99 2.3 , 2.1 2 500 2.50 3.00 - 3.75 244 67''388' 3.8 90 ' 9'0N 50 - 3450 63.5 76 95 . 62 171 99 , 18 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 3 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. f Center of run to end of fitting. 8 Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 2/2" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved (Sr fire protection services a LPCB approved for fire protection seivices 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company 11.02 STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS 4 Y lAbLL LUNTINULUi oM io 3.03 3 't oo v.roN 3450 1 Q0 68 178 70 1.8 - - - - " 11) 920W 500 50 - 3450 38.1 76 90 68 178 70 1,8 500 1.50 - 75 920N /7 38 288 356 2.69 -73 90 6 701 3.6 178 70 1.8 GROOVED OUTLET 970N 500 1,75 /709 3.78 00 269 701 3.00 0 /7 6 ,H1 3450 445 78 96 10 68 178 76 19 18 500 200 328 400 4.00 269 7,01 375 42 39 970N (H - 3450 5" 83 0 10 68 178 83 0 9 2 920W 500 01.25 400 400 269 70 388 50 46 T 979 500 775 -.,,R 100 100 9 73 463 58 50 65 - 3430 699 7 102 102 186 118 26 23 + 76 920 500 275 8 400 3 734 463 6 W 7450 699 /3 1(P 186 118 79 500 350 371 450 4 279 773 512 84 64 80 9_0 3450 489 21 114 105 68 96 130 78 29 FEMALE THREADED OUTLET 1080 x 920N 500 175 8 378 - 263 764 305 50 - - 3450 445 3 96 r 7 194 78 73 500 200 328 400 .i 764 325 50 Provides a direct branch connection at 40 920N 3450 508 83 102 17 9 8'. /7 any location where a hole can be cut 2 97014 500 250 375 400 - 263 764 '130 413 in the pipe 57 - 3450 635 8 11 3 Ill' 67 191. 4 102 1.9 - 500 275 2.86 400 400 263 764 429 80 78 A pressure responsive gasket provides 7,1m /74fl 699 73 102 102 67 194 109 36 35 the seal 3(a) 500 350 331 450 450 263 /63 488 68 65 80 s450 889 84 114 114 67 194 124 31 10 Request Publication 11.03 for 5 /2(a) 8 500 200 4.03 4.75 475 316 970 369 74 76 Mechanical-I cross assemblies .125 40 / 3450 508 /72 12 121 80 246 94 34 34 (8 500 250 10 475 475 3.16 970 438 82 80 Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa / 90 7750 635 102 121 12 1 80 246 Ill 37 16 on steel pipe; also available for use ra 920 500 2.75 367 475 475 316 970 4137 83 79 with H DPE pipe 65 3450 699 92 Li 80 246 118 '8 3.6 761 rn' 9'O 500 275 375 - 475 316 970 463 80 Sizes from 2 x ½'750 x 15 mm - - 7450 699 93 121 80 246 118 3.6 through B x 4/200 x 100mm 3 (a)t 500 350 3.81 500 463 6 970 531 84 88 80 - 7450 889 97 127 118 an 746 1/75 38 40 1330 970N 500 250 375 4.50 - 31' 800 388 80 50 - 3450 635 95 114 8 203 99 75 9'O 00 /750 /781 500 300 946 53 80 80 3450 889 97 127 - 75 240 135 36 - TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 4 IMPORTANT NOTES: Center of runto engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate).- Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot he 8 Available with grooved or female threaded outlet Specify choice on order. mated to one another 8 Centerofruntoencloffitting. to achieve cross connections. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPi - specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "ISPI" clearly on order. (b)For 761 mm threaded outlet, specify 2112" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services - Ii LPCB approved for fire protection set vices 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. CARBON STEEL Pt)' 11.02 STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS lip VA 0 E—W-W-W GROOVED OUTLET FEMALE THREADED OUTLET Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-T cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2"/50 x 15mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100mm IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3 397 9ON 500 200 378 450 - 330 823 325 70 - 40 - 3450 508 96 114 84 209 83 32 9 N 20 500 250 775 450 330 823 388 90 So 3450 635 9' 14 - 84 209 99 4 - 9'ON 500 75 443 513 513 379 915 325 51 48 50 " 32 (b) - 7450 44,5 112 130 130 96 232 83 23 22 ½(a)fc 500 200 440 513 5 3 379 9.15 325 5 5 9'ON 0(h) - 3450 508 112 130 130 96 232 83 24 23 2(a)ta I WON 500 250 438 513 513 379 915 388 60 56 50 - 3450 635 111 130 130 96 232 99 27 25 2½ 500 275 401 513 512 369 1051 463 83 76 65 9~0 1,450 699 110 130 130 94 267 118 38 500 275 415 521 369 1051 463 4 7blrnrnu 973 3450 699 105 - 132 94 267 118 - 38 3(a)t 500 350 431 550 513 369 1051 531 99 84 920 80 1 3450 889 110 140 130 94 267 135 45 38 (a)fs 500 450 381 575 538 369 1051 625 101 101 920 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 94 267 159 46 46 1½)a) 500 200 441 513 363 940 325 78 1590 > 40 92011 3450 508 12 130 92 239 83 35 2(a) 00 250 438 5.13 363 940 328 80 3450 6' 111 130 92 239 99 36 76.1 min 920 500 '/ e 550 513 363 940 463 95 95 3450 699 Ill 140 130 92 239 118 43 43 3 1 500 350 431 550 5.13 363 940 531 81 140 80 920 7450 889 110 140 130 97 739 135 37 64 500 450 445 538 363 940 612 100 1080mm[ 920 3450 1143 113 — 137 92 239 155 — 45 4 1 - 500 450 381 575 363 940 625 180 100 3450 1143 9680 146 92 239 159 82 — TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 5 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. f Center of run to end of fitting 8 Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed Specify "BSPT" clearly on order (b)For 761 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services o LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. GROOVED OUTLET IM" 4 NOWN, ~ oil ",;~ IS ON I i I - "an W*W FEMALE THREADED OUTLET Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-T cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2750 x 15mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm CARBON. STEEL PIPE HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 'hanicaIl lcz1 Br ± Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N DIMENSIONS L IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to rci' ut 1:1' to achieve cross connections. aN .' TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4 1659'. 90N 500 1.50 3.88 4.56 - 29.34275 8.0 29 3450 38.1 99 116 96 237 70 3.6 1 1/4 ai 500 1.75 4,43 5.13 - 3,79 934 3.25 8.4 - 32 1 3450 44.5 113 130 96 211 83 3.8 1112 (a) 'Nj 9ON 500 200 441 5,13 5.13 379 9.34 3.25 &4 5.4 40 3450 50.8 112 130 13096 237 83 3.8 2.4 2(a) 920N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 513 3,79 9,34 3.88 8.5 6.0 50 - 3450 635 111 130 130 96 237 99 3.9 2.7 761 mm 90 500 275 4.01 5.13 5.21 3.63 10.51 4.53 8.6 7.6 3450 69.9 110 130 132 93 267 118 3.9 3(a) to 500 3.50 4,31 5.50 5.13 3.63 ' 10.51 5.31 10.2 8.4 80 12 3450 38.9 110 140130 , .......92 267 135 4.6 3.8 4(a)ia 500 450 3.81 575 538 363 1051 55 105 84 100 920 3450 114.3 97 146 137 92 267 159 4.8 3.8 8 2 (Nt 920 500 275 5,44 619 6.25 ' 481 12.42 = 4.50 11.6 11.6 200 ' 50 3450 69.9 138 157 159 . 122 ' 316 114 5.3 5.3 2112 tel t 920 500 2.75 5.07 619 619 4.81 , 12.42 1 4.50 11.6 11.6 65 3450 69.9 129 157 157 122 ' 1 316 114 5.3 5.3 - 76.1 mm a 920 500 2.75 5.25 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.56 11.6 3450 69.9 133 - 159 122 . 316 116 - 5.3 3(a) 'N 1 973 500 3.50 5.31 6.50 6.50 4.81 12.42 5.31 12.6 11.6 80 . - 3a59 88.9 135 165 165 122 316 135 5.7 5.3 4(a) to 500 4.50 4,81 6.75 6.38 4.81 12.42 6.25 15,3 12,5 100 920 3450 114.3 122 171 162 122 316 159 6.9 5.7 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. t Center of run to end of fitting. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings: (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT clearly on order (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2 BSPT clearly on order. S Vds approved for fire protection services a -PCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. :1 , Ou:h:t:s FLOW DATA Eooggerated for clarity 11.02 C130N1 STEEL P1PE HOLE CUT PRODUCTS STYLES 920 AND 920N Flow test data has shown that the total head loss between point (1) and (2) for the Style 920, 920N and 929 Mechanical-I® fittings can best be expressed in terms of the pressure difference across the inlet and branch. The pressure difference can be obtained from the relationship below. C, and Ky Values Values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C are shown in the table below. Formulas for C, ,K,, Values: L\P = Where: AP = 0 Where: Q = Flow (GPM) K Q = Flow (m3/h) OP = Pressure Drop (psi) AP = Pressure Drop (bar) 0 = C,, x 19F C = Flow Coefficient C = K., x K =Flow Coefficient Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120. Pipe with a waN thickness 010 165in142mm. I E:ranch Outiets 11.02 CARBON STEEL PIPE HOI OUT PEODUCTS STYLES 920 AND 920N FIRE PROTECTION APPROVALS AND PRESSURE RATINGS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. .31 21/2-6 2875 -6.625 All 1040 400 400 400 290 232 362 65150 70 1683 2755 755 1999 1599 2496 21/2-4 1875 4.500 All DL 300 300 300 290 232 36 55 100 i 730 1143 2085 )055 2085 1999 1599 1495 2112-4 )575 4500 All SF 300 300 300 9O 231 362 65100 730 1143 2065 1055 065 1999 1599 2496 6 6615 3 4 10 300 300 50 90 R5 150 1683 P65 1Q55 174 1999 1599 1495 6 5515 34 0 40 300 300 300 190 351 so 1683 1065 2065 2065 1999 1599 495 8 8.625 11/1 10,40 400 - — - 145 - 200 219.1 2755 1000 1 8 8.625 300 - 145 200 1191 3-1 10 )055 — 174 1000 8 8,625 4 3040 300 300 - 145 200 219.1 2065 — 2065 1000 - NOTES: 10 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe. 40 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe. OF refers to Listed/Approved Dyna-Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company. SF refers to Listed/Approved Super-Fin steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. VIC-TAP II HOLE CUTTING TOOL FOR 4 - 8/100 - 200 MM CARBON STEEL PIPE The Vic-Tap Il hole cutting tool is designed for use with the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit, which is a combination of the Style 920 Mechanical-T and Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve. The Vic-Tap II is capable of tapping into carbon steel pipe systems under pressures up to 500 psi/3450 kPa. The Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit is a full port ball valve which can he mounted on 4/100mm, 5/125mm, 6/1.50mni and 8V200 mm diameter pipe. The Style 931 comes with a 2 '/2/65 mm grooved outlet. The drill motor is an electric motor with ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in accordance with safety codes. For more information, refer to publication 24.01. STYLES 920 AND 920N INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. C®IIS < [LPCB LISTED 491a/27 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 922 The Style 922 Outlet-T provides a convenient method of incorporating ½, 3/4, and 1/15, 20 and 25mm outlets for directly connecting sprinklers, drop nipples, sprigs, gauges, drains and other outlet products. Available for 1/4 through 76.1 mm/32 to 76.1 mm piping systems, Style 922 outlets are UL/ULC Listed, LPCB and FM Approved for branch connections and VdS Approved for direct sprinkler connection only on wet and dry systems. The locating collar engages into the hole prepared in the pipe. When tightened, the assembly compresses the gasket onto the OD of the pipe. The Style 922 Outlet-T is UL/FM rated up to 300 psi/2068kPa and VdS rated up to 16 bar at the ambient temperatures typical for tire protection systems. Style 922 is suitable for use on standard, lightwall, Schedule Sand other specialty pipes.* Contact Victaulic for other optional coatings. *Consult Section 10.01 for specific listings/approvals. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing; Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM - Type A (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade "E" Type A Gasket System. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific) Red enamel (Europe) JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Approved fl2tp PS CARBON S" EL HE HOLE CUT PFk000C'IS 10.52 idietT STYLE 922 DIMENSIONS Y 4i Z - w . - ;V4- - --- . t ) 20 1 30.2 32.5 46.5 27.9 98.3 65.0 0.50 1106 1,52 .2.18 .1.10 347 ........ 25 30.2 386 55.4 279 98.3 65.0 0,54 1½ /2 13/16 14' 195 1.22 408 256 1' 40 15 . 30.2 36.1 49,5 31.0 103.6 65.0 054 31, i 13/16 1.40 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.2 30.2 35.6 49.5 3:0 .103.6 .0 , , 0.54 1 13'16 164 230 1.22 408 256 13 25 i 30.2 41,7 58.4 31,0 103.6 65.0 0.59 "2 . ½ 13/16 1,66 2.19 1.46 4.60 256 1.3 50 '15 302 42.2 55.6 37.1 1168 65.0 059 3/4 1 13/16 1,64 2.19 1,46 4,60 2.56 14 20 1 30.2 41.7 55.6 37.1 . 116.8 65.0 0.64 1 13/16 1.88 2.54 1.46 4.60 2.56 14 25 30.2 418 64.5 37.1 116,8 65.0 0.68 2½ 112 i 13/16 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 65 ' . 15 1 30.2 48.5 62.0 43.4 137.2 65.0 073 3/4 13/16 1.89 2,44 1.71 540 2.56 1.6 20 30.2 48.0 62.0 43.4 137.2 65.0 073 1 13/16 2.13 2.79 1,71 540 2.56 1,6 25 1 30.2 54,1 , 70.9 43.4 137,2 65.0 0.73 ½ 13/16 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.6 76,1 mm X 15 1 30.2 48.5 62.0 43.4 139,7 65.0 0.73 3/~ 13/16 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.6 20 30.2 48.0 62.0 434 139.7 ' 65.0 0.73 1 ' 13/16 2.13 2,79 Ill 5.50 j 2.56 1.7 25 ' 30.2 54.1 70.9 43.4 139.7 1: 65.0 080 t Victaulic female threaded products are designed to accommodate standard NPT or BSPT (optional) male pipe threads only. Use of male threaded products with special features, such as probes, dry pen- dent sprinklers, etc., should be verified as suitable for use with this Victaulic product. Failure to verify suitability in advance may result in assembly problems or leakage. Center of run to engaged pipe end for NPT threads (dimensions are approximate). S`~ CARBOIN '31 EEL PIPE HOLE CUT 'PRODUCTS 10.52 e STYLE 922 PERFORMANCE Hazen-WfflDrns coefficient of friction is 120 STYLE 922 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations.